Merge from trunk
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20229 34587))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
126
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
128
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
132
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
134
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
143
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
146
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
148
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
164
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
166
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
184
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
188
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
192
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
195
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
197
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
202
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
204
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
211
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213
214 \(fn)" t nil)
215
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
224
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
227
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
230
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
236
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
240
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
246
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
249
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
251
252 ;;;***
253 \f
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20277 28925))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
258
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
269
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
271
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
282
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
285
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
287
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
290
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
292
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
295
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
301
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
305
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
311
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
315
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
387
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
392
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
394
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
396
397 ;;;***
398 \f
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20229 34587))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
403
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
411
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
415
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
420
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
422
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
434
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
442
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
446
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
455
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
465
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
475
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480
481 \(fn)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
485
486 \(fn)" t nil)
487
488 ;;;***
489 \f
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
497
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
499
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
501
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
504
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
507
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
510
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
512
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
515
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
519
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
523
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
526
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
529
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
531
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
533
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
535
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
537
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
547
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
549
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
557
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
559
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
561
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
565
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
568
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
570
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
576
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
585
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
587
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
596
597 and many other features.
598
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
604
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
615
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
623
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
636
637
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
643
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
656
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
667
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
672
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
690
691 Topic Encryption
692
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
696
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
702
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
710
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
714
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
716
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
719
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
725
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
731
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
739
740 Extending Allout
741
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
745
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
755
756 Terminology
757
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
759
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
769
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
782
783 Topic text constituents:
784
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
798
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
805
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
832
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
836
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
840
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
843
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
846
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
855
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
857
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
860
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
862
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
864
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
867
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
870
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
873
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
877
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
879
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
881
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
883
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
889
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
893
894 The graphics include:
895
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
897
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
900
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
903
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
907
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
909
910 ;;;***
911 \f
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20295 29120))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
915
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
917
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
924
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
926
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
928
929
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
931
932 ;;;***
933 \f
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20229 34587))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
937
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
945
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
947
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
954
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
956
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
962
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
964
965 ;;;***
966 \f
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20290 11197))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
970
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
973
974 \(fn)" t nil)
975
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
978
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
983
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
986
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
988
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
990
991 ;;;***
992 \f
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20300 47034))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
996
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1002 \\[yank].
1003
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1007 the rules.
1008
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" t nil)
1015
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1018
1019 \(fn)" t nil)
1020
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1024
1025 \(fn)" nil nil)
1026
1027 ;;;***
1028 \f
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1032
1033 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1039
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1041
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1046
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1048
1049 ;;;***
1050 \f
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20229 34587))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1055
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1060
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1063
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1072
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1074 normal variables.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1077
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1079
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1086
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1089
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1092
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1095
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1100
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1102
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1107
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1112
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1115
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1117
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1119
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1125
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1127
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1134
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1138
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1140
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1142
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1149
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1154
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1156
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1158
1159 ;;;***
1160 \f
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20279
1162 ;;;;;; 40897))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1164
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1171
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1175
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1177
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1179
1180 ;;;***
1181 \f
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20229 34587))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1184
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1187
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1191
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1193
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1197
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1203
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1211
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1215
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1218
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1228
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1233
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1236
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1239
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1244
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1246
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1250
1251 ;;;***
1252 \f
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20229
1254 ;;;;;; 34587))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1256
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 Toggle Artist mode.
1259 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1264
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1266
1267
1268 How to submit a bug report
1269
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1271
1272
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1274
1275 mouse-2
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1278 below).
1279
1280 mouse-1
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1282 or pastes:
1283
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 to new point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 lines
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Paste Paste Paste
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1316 or diagonally.
1317
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1322 poly-lines.
1323
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1327
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1336
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1340
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1342 some time to fill.
1343
1344
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347
1348
1349 Settings
1350
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363
1364
1365 Drawing with keys
1366
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384
1385
1386 Arrows
1387
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1390
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1393
1394
1395 Selecting operation
1396
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419
1420
1421 Variables
1422
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1445
1446 Hooks
1447
1448 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1449 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1450
1451
1452 Keymap summary
1453
1454 \\{artist-mode-map}
1455
1456 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1457
1458 ;;;***
1459 \f
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20229
1461 ;;;;;; 34587))
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1463
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467
1468 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1472
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1475
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1478
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1480
1481 Special commands:
1482 \\{asm-mode-map}
1483
1484 \(fn)" t nil)
1485
1486 ;;;***
1487 \f
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1491
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1495 let-binding.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1498
1499 ;;;***
1500 \f
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1502 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1504
1505 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1506 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1507 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1508
1509 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510
1511 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1512 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516
1517 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1518 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1519 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1520 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1521 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1522 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1523 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1524 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525
1526 For example:
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1528 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1530 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1531 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532
1533 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534
1535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536
1537 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1538 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1543
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1555
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1557
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559
1560 ;;;***
1561 \f
1562 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1565
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1568
1569 \(fn)" t nil)
1570
1571 ;;;***
1572 \f
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1574 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20229 34587))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1576
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1580
1581 \(fn)" t nil)
1582
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1587
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1589
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1595 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596
1597 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1598
1599 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1600 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604
1605 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1606 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1613 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1624
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1630
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1632
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1634
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1640
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1643
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1650
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1652
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1657 should be non-nil).
1658
1659 \(fn)" nil nil)
1660
1661 ;;;***
1662 \f
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1664 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1665 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20229 34587))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1667
1668 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1669 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1673
1674 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1675 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1676 disk changes.
1677
1678 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1679 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1680 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1681
1682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1683
1684 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1685 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1686
1687 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1688 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1689
1690 \(fn)" nil nil)
1691
1692 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1693 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1695 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1696 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1697
1698 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1699 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1700 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1701 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1702 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1703
1704 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1705 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1706 writing before you save the file!
1707
1708 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1709
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1711
1712 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1713 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1714
1715 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1716 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1717
1718 \(fn)" nil nil)
1719
1720 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1721 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1722 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1726
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1728
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1734
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1738
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1744
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1748
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1750
1751 ;;;***
1752 \f
1753 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1754 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20229 34587))
1755 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1756
1757 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1758 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1759 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1762
1763 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1764
1765 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1766 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1767 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1768 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1769
1770 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1771 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1772 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1773
1774 Effects of the different modes:
1775 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1776 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1777 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1778 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1779 a random distance & direction.
1780 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1781 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1782 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1783
1784 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1785
1786 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1787 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1788 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789
1790 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1791
1792 ;;;***
1793 \f
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1797 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1798
1799 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1800 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1801 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1802 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1803
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1805
1806 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1807 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1808 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1811 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1812
1813 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1814
1815 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1816 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1820
1821 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1822 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1823 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1824 seconds.
1825
1826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1827
1828 ;;;***
1829 \f
1830 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1831 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20229 34587))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1833
1834 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1835 Time execution of FORMS.
1836 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1837 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1838 FORMS once.
1839 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1840 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1841 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1842
1843 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1847 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1848 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1849 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1850
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1852
1853 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1854 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1855 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1856 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1857 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1858
1859 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1860
1861 ;;;***
1862 \f
1863 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1864 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20276 64704))
1865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1866
1867 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1868 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1869 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1870 of corresponding buffers.
1871 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1872 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1875 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1876 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1877
1878 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1879
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1881 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1882
1883 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1884
1885 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1887 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1888 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1889
1890 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1891 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1892 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1893 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1894 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1895
1896 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1897 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1898
1899
1900 Special information:
1901
1902 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1903
1904 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1905 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1906 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1907 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1908 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1909 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1910 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1912 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1913 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1914 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1915
1916 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1917 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1918 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1919 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1920 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1921 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1922 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1923 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1924
1925 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1926
1927 ----------------------------------------------------------
1928 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1929 if that value is non-nil.
1930
1931 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1932
1933 \(fn)" t nil)
1934
1935 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1936 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1937 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1938 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1939 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1940 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1941 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1942 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1943 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1944 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1945 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1946 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1947
1948 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1949
1950 ;;;***
1951 \f
1952 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1953 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1955
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1957 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1958
1959 \(fn)" t nil)
1960
1961 ;;;***
1962 \f
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1964 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1965 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1967
1968 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1969 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1970
1971 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1972 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1973 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1974
1975 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1976
1977 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1978 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1979
1980 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1981
1982 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1983 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1984
1985 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1986
1987 ;;;***
1988 \f
1989 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20229
1990 ;;;;;; 34587))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1992
1993 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1994 Play blackbox.
1995 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1996
1997 What is blackbox?
1998
1999 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2000 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2001 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2002 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2003 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2004 your score.
2005
2006 Overview of play:
2007
2008 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2009 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2010 four.
2011
2012 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2013 movement keys.
2014
2015 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2016 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2017
2018 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2019 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2020
2021 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2023 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2024 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2025 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2026 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2027
2028 Details:
2029
2030 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2031
2032 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2033 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2034 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2035 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2036
2037 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2038 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2039 denoted by the letter `R'.
2040
2041 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2042 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2043 denoted by the letter `H'.
2044
2045 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2046 example.
2047
2048 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2049 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2050 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2051 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2053 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2054 ray.
2055
2056 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2057 degree deflection it causes.
2058
2059 1
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2062 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2063 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2068 2 3
2069
2070 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2071 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2072
2073
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2082
2083 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2084 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2085 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2086 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2087 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2088 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2089 emerging from the box.
2090
2091 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2092
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2098 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101
2102 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2103 a reflection.
2104
2105 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2106
2107 ;;;***
2108 \f
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2112 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20300 47034))
2114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2117 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2118
2119 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2124 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2125 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2126
2127 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2128 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2129 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2130
2131 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2132 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2133 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2134 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2135 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2136 recent one.
2137
2138 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2139 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2140 yank successive words.
2141
2142 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2143 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2144 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2145 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2146 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2147
2148 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2149 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2150 the list of bookmarks.)
2151
2152 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2153
2154 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2155 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2159 this.
2160
2161 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2162 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2163 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2164 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2165
2166 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2167 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2168
2169 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2170 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2171 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2172
2173 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2174
2175 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2176 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2177
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2179
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2181 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2182
2183 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2184 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2185 after a bookmark was set in it.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2190 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2191
2192 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2193 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2194
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2196
2197 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2198
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2200 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2201 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2202 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2203
2204 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2205 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2206 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2207
2208 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2209 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2210 name.
2211
2212 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2215 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2216 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2217
2218 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2219 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2220 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2221 this.
2222
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2226 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2227
2228 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2229 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2231 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2232 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2233 probably because we were called from there.
2234
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2238 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2239 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2240
2241 \(fn)" t nil)
2242
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2244 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2245 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2246 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2247 \(second argument).
2248
2249 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2250 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2251 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2252 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2253 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2254
2255 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2257 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'.
2259
2260 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2261
2262 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2263 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2264 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2265 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2266 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2267 while loading.
2268
2269 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2270 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2271 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2272 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2273 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2274 explicitly.
2275
2276 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2277 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2279 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2280
2281 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2284 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2285 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2286 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2287 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2288
2289 \(fn)" t nil)
2290
2291 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2292
2293 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2294
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2296 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2297
2298 \(fn)" t nil)
2299
2300 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2301
2302 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2303
2304 ;;;***
2305 \f
2306 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2314 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20300 47034))
2315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2316
2317 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2318 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2319 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2320 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2321
2322 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2323 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2324 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2325 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2326 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2327
2328 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2329
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2332 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2333 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2334 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2335 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2336
2337 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2338
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2341 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2342 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2343 narrowed.
2344
2345 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2346
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2348 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2349
2350 \(fn)" t nil)
2351
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2353 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2354
2355 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2359 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2360 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2361 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2362 first, if that exists.
2363
2364 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2365
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2368 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2369 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2370
2371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2375 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2376 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2377 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2378 to use.
2379
2380 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2383 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2384 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2385 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2386
2387 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2390 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2391 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2392 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2393
2394 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2395 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2396 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2397 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398
2399 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2400 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2401 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2402
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407
2408 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2410 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2411 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2412
2413 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2414 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2415 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2416 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417
2418 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2419 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2420 new tab in an existing window instead.
2421
2422 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2423 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426
2427 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2428 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2429 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2430 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2431 Firefox.
2432
2433 When called interactively, if variable
2434 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2435 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2436 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2437 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438
2439 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2440 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2441 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2442
2443 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2444 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2447 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2448 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2449 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2450 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2451 URL in a new window.
2452
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2458 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2459 Chromium.
2460
2461 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462
2463 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2464 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2465 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2466 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2467
2468 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2469 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2470 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2471 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472
2473 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2474 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2475 new tab in an existing window instead.
2476
2477 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2478 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481
2482 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2483 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2484
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2489 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2490 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2491
2492 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2493 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2494 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2495 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496
2497 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2498 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499
2500 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501
2502 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2503 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2504
2505 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2507 program is invoked according to the variable
2508 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2509
2510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2511 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2512 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2513 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514
2515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517
2518 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519
2520 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2521 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2522 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523
2524 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2525 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2526 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2527
2528 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2529 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2530 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2531 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537
2538 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2539 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2540 Default to the URL around or before point.
2541
2542 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2543 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2544 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550
2551 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2552 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2553 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2554 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2560 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2561 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2562 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2563 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2564
2565 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566
2567 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2568 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2569 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2570 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2571 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2572
2573 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2574 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2575 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2576 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577
2578 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2579 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580
2581 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2582
2583 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2584 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2585 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2586 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2587 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2588 current one.
2589
2590 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2591 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2592 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2593 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594
2595 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2596 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597
2598 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599
2600 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2601 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2602 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2603 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2604 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2605 don't offer a form of remote control.
2606
2607 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608
2609 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2610 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2611 Default to the URL around or before point.
2612
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around the point.
2618
2619 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2620 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2621
2622 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2623 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2624
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626
2627 ;;;***
2628 \f
2629 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20229
2630 ;;;;;; 34587))
2631 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2632
2633 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2634 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2635
2636 \(fn)" t nil)
2637
2638 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2639 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2640
2641 \(fn)" nil nil)
2642
2643 ;;;***
2644 \f
2645 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2646 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20300 47034))
2647 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2648
2649 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2650 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2651 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2652 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2653
2654 \(fn)" t nil)
2655
2656 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2657 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2658 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2659 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2660
2661 \(fn)" t nil)
2662
2663 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2664 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2665
2666 \(fn)" t nil)
2667
2668 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2669 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2670 \\<bs-mode-map>
2671 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2672 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2673 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2674 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2675
2676 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2677 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2678 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2679 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2680 name of buffer configuration.
2681
2682 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2683
2684 ;;;***
2685 \f
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20229 34587))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2688
2689 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2690 Play Bubbles game.
2691 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2692 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2693 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2694 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2695 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2696 columns on its right towards the left.
2697
2698 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2699 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2700 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2701 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2702
2703 \(fn)" t nil)
2704
2705 ;;;***
2706 \f
2707 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2708 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20229 34587))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2710
2711 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2716 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2717 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2718
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720
2721 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2722 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2723
2724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2725
2726 ;;;***
2727 \f
2728 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2729 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2730 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2731 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2732 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20276 33121))
2733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2734 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2735 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2736 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2737
2738 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2739
2740 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2741 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2742 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2743 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2744 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2745 else the global value will be modified.
2746
2747 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2748
2749 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2750 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2751 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2752 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2753 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2754 else the global value will be modified.
2755
2756 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2757
2758 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2759 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2760 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761
2762 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2763
2764 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2765 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2766 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2767 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2768
2769 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2770 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2771 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2772 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2773 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2774 before scanning it.
2775
2776 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2777 that already has a `.elc' file.
2778
2779 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2780 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2781
2782 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2783 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2784 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2785 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2786 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2787 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2788
2789 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2790
2791 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2792 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2793 Print the result in the echo area.
2794 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2795
2796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2797
2798 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2799 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2800 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2801
2802 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2805 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2806 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2807 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2808 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2809 all functions called by those functions.
2810
2811 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2812 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2813 cons, etc.).
2814
2815 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2816 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2817 invoked interactively.
2818
2819 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2820
2821 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2822 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2823 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2824 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2825
2826 \(fn)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2830 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2831 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2832 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2833 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2834 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2835 already up-to-date.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2838
2839 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2840 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2841 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2842 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2843
2844 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2845 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2846 and corresponding effects.
2847
2848 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2849
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20229
2853 ;;;;;; 34587))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2855
2856 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2857
2858 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 ;;;***
2861 \f
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20229 34587))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2864
2865 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2866
2867 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2868
2869 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2870
2871 ;;;***
2872 \f
2873 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2874 ;;;;;; (20284 58812))
2875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2876
2877 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2878 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2879 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2880 from the cursor position.
2881
2882 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2883
2884 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2885
2886 ;;;***
2887 \f
2888 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2889 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2890 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20279
2891 ;;;;;; 40897))
2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2893 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2894
2895 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2897
2898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2901 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2902
2903 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2904
2905 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2907
2908 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2911 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2912
2913 \(fn)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2916 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2917 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2918 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2919
2920 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2921
2922 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2923 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2924 This is most useful in the X window system.
2925 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2926 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2927
2928 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2929
2930 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2931 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2932 See calc-keypad for details.
2933
2934 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2935
2936 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2937 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2938
2939 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2940
2941 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2942 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2943
2944 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2945
2946 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2947 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2948
2949 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2950
2951 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2952 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2953 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2954
2955 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2956
2957 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2958 Define Calc function.
2959
2960 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2961 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2962 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2963
2964 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2965 actual Lisp function name.
2966
2967 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2968
2969 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2970
2971 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2972
2973 ;;;***
2974 \f
2975 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20229
2976 ;;;;;; 34587))
2977 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2978
2979 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2980
2981
2982 \(fn N)" t nil)
2983
2984 ;;;***
2985 \f
2986 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20229
2987 ;;;;;; 34587))
2988 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2989
2990 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2991 Run the Emacs calculator.
2992 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2993
2994 \(fn)" t nil)
2995
2996 ;;;***
2997 \f
2998 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20287
2999 ;;;;;; 5356))
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3001
3002 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3003 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3004 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3005 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3006 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3007 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3008
3009 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3010 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3011 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3012 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3013 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3014 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3015 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3016 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3017 window.
3018
3019 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3020 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3021
3022 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3023 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3024 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3025 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3026 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3027 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3028
3029 Runs the following hooks:
3030
3031 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3032 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3033 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3034 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3035
3036 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3037
3038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3039
3040 ;;;***
3041 \f
3042 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3043 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20229 34587))
3044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3045
3046 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3047 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3048
3049 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3050
3051 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3052 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3053 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3054 it fails.
3055
3056 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3057
3058 ;;;***
3059 \f
3060 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3061 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
3062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3063
3064 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3065 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3066 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3067 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3068 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3069
3070 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3071 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3072 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3073 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3074 restriction to ASCII.
3075
3076 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3077
3078 capitalizedWorDD
3079 ^ ^ ^^
3080
3081 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3082 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3083 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3084
3085 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3086 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3087 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3088 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3089 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3090 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3091 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3092
3093 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3094 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3095
3096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3097
3098 ;;;***
3099 \f
3100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20229
3101 ;;;;;; 34587))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3103 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3104
3105 ;;;***
3106 \f
3107 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3108 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
3109 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3110
3111 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3112 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3113
3114 \(fn)" nil nil)
3115
3116 ;;;***
3117 \f
3118 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3119 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3120 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20275 43867))
3121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3122
3123 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3124 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3125
3126 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3127 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3128
3129 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3131
3132 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3133
3134 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3135 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3136 made from scratch.
3137
3138 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3139
3140 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3141 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3142
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3146
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3151
3152 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3153
3154 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3155 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3156 made from scratch.
3157
3158 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3159
3160 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3161 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3162
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3166
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3171
3172 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3173
3174 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3175 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3176 made from scratch.
3177
3178 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3179
3180 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3181 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3182
3183 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3184 variables are guessed:
3185
3186 * `c-basic-offset', and
3187 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3188 `c-offsets-alist'.
3189
3190 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3192
3193 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3194 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3195
3196 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3197 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3198 guess is made from scratch.
3199
3200 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3201 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3202
3203 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3204
3205 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3206 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3207 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3208 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3209
3210 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3211 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3212 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3213
3214 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3215
3216 ;;;***
3217 \f
3218 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3219 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3220 ;;;;;; (20293 38510))
3221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3222
3223 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3224 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3225 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3226 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3227 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3228 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3229 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3230
3231 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3232
3233 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3234 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3243
3244 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3245 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3246 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3247 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3248 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3249 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3250
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3255
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c-mode-map}
3258
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3260
3261 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3262 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3263
3264 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3270 message.
3271
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3273
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3276
3277 Key bindings:
3278 \\{c++-mode-map}
3279
3280 \(fn)" t nil)
3281
3282 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3283 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3285
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 message.
3293
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3295
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3298
3299 Key bindings:
3300 \\{objc-mode-map}
3301
3302 \(fn)" t nil)
3303
3304 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3305 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3306 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3307
3308 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3309 Major mode for editing Java code.
3310 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3311 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3312 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3313 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3314 message.
3315
3316 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3317
3318 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3319 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3320
3321 Key bindings:
3322 \\{java-mode-map}
3323
3324 \(fn)" t nil)
3325
3326 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3327 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3328 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3329
3330 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3331 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3332 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3333 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3334 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3335 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3336 message.
3337
3338 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3339
3340 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3341 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3342
3343 Key bindings:
3344 \\{idl-mode-map}
3345
3346 \(fn)" t nil)
3347
3348 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3349 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3350 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3351 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3352
3353 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3354 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3355 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3356 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3357 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3358 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3359 message.
3360
3361 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3362
3363 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3364 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3365
3366 Key bindings:
3367 \\{pike-mode-map}
3368
3369 \(fn)" t nil)
3370 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3372 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3373 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3374 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3375 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3376
3377 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3378 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3379 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3380 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3381 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3382 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3383
3384 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3385
3386 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3387 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3388
3389 Key bindings:
3390 \\{awk-mode-map}
3391
3392 \(fn)" t nil)
3393
3394 ;;;***
3395 \f
3396 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20229 34587))
3398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3399
3400 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3401 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3402 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3403 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3404
3405 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3406
3407 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3408 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3409 might get set too.
3410
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3412 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3413 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3414 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3415 way.
3416
3417 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3418 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3419 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3420 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3421 a null operation.
3422
3423 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3424
3425 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3426 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3427 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3428 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3429
3430 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3431
3432 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3433 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3434 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3435
3436 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3437
3438 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3439 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3440 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3441 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3442 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3443
3444 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3445
3446 ;;;***
3447 \f
3448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20279 40897))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3450 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3451 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3452 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3453
3454 ;;;***
3455 \f
3456 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3457 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3458 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3460
3461 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3462 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3463
3464 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3465
3466 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3467 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3468
3469 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3470
3471 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3473
3474 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3475 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3476 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3477 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3478 execution.
3479
3480 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3481
3482 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3483
3484 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3485 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3486
3487 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3488 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3491
3492 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3493 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3494 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3495 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3496 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3497 `write' commands.
3498
3499 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3500 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3501 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3502 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3503
3504 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3505 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3506 semantics.
3507
3508 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3509
3510 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3511
3512 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3513
3514 STATEMENT :=
3515 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3516 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3517
3518 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3519 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3520 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3521 | integer
3522
3523 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3524
3525 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3526 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3527 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3528
3529 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3530 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3531 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3532
3533 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3534 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3535
3536 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3537 BREAK := (break)
3538
3539 REPEAT :=
3540 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3541 (repeat)
3542 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; (repeat))
3544 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3545 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3546 ;; (read REG)
3547 ;; (repeat))
3548 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3549 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3550 ;; (read REG)
3551 ;; (repeat))
3552 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3553
3554 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3555 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3556 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3557 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3558 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3559 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3560 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3561 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3562 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3563 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3564 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3565 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3566 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3567 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3568 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3569 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3570
3571 WRITE :=
3572 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3573 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3574 ;; representation.
3575 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3576 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; (write r7))
3578 | (write EXPRESSION)
3579 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3580 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3581 ;; representation.
3582 | (write integer)
3583 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3584 ;; buffer.
3585 | (write string)
3586 ;; Same as: (write string)
3587 | string
3588 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3589 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3590 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3591 ;; representation.
3592 | (write REG ARRAY)
3593 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3594 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3595 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3596 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3597 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3598 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3599
3600 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3601 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3602
3603 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3604 END := (end)
3605
3606 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3607 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3608 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3609
3610 ARG := REG | integer
3611
3612 OPERATOR :=
3613 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3614 + | - | * | / | %
3615
3616 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 | & | `|' | ^
3618
3619 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 | << | >>
3621
3622 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3623 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3624 | <8
3625
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3629 | >8
3630
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3632 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3633 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3634 | //
3635
3636 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3637 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3638
3639 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3640 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3641 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3642 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3643 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3644 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3645 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3646 | de-sjis
3647
3648 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3649 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3650 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3651 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3652 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3653 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3654 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3655 ;; byte of SJIS.
3656 | en-sjis
3657
3658 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3659 ;; Same meaning as C code
3660 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3661
3662 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3664 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3665 | <8=
3666
3667 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3668 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3669 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3670
3671 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3672 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3673 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3674 | //=
3675
3676 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3677
3678
3679 TRANSLATE :=
3680 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3681 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3682 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3683 LOOKUP :=
3684 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3685 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3686 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3687 MAP :=
3688 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3689 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3690 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3691 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3692 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3693 MAP-ID := integer
3694
3695 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3696
3697 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3698
3699 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3700 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3701 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3702 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3703 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3704 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3705
3706 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3707
3708 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3709 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3710 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3711
3712 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3713
3714 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3715
3716 ;;;***
3717 \f
3718 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3719 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
3720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3721
3722 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3723 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3724 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3725 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3726
3727 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3728
3729 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3730
3731 ;;;***
3732 \f
3733 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3734 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20229 34587))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3736
3737 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3739 There are no special keybindings by default.
3740
3741 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3742 to the action header.
3743
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3745
3746 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3747 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3748 There are no special keybindings by default.
3749
3750 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3751 to the action header.
3752
3753 \(fn)" t nil)
3754
3755 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3756 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3757 on the buffer contents
3758
3759 \(fn)" nil nil)
3760
3761 ;;;***
3762 \f
3763 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3764 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20229 34587))
3765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3766
3767 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3768 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3769 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3770
3771 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3772
3773 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3774 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3775 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3776
3777 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3778
3779 ;;;***
3780 \f
3781 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3784 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3785 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3786 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3787 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3788 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3789 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20237 28610))
3790 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3791 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3792 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3793 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3794 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3795 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3798
3799
3800 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3801
3802 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3803 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3804 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3805 the users will view as each check is completed.
3806
3807 \(fn)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3810 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3811 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3812 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3813 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3814 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3815 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3816 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3817
3818 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3819
3820 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3821 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3822 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3823 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3824 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3825 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3826 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3827 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3828
3829 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3830
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3832 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3833 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3834 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3835 spacing are all verified.
3836
3837 \(fn)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3840 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3841 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3842 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3843 otherwise stop after the first error.
3844
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3846
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3848 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3849 Only documentation strings are checked.
3850 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3851 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3852 a separate buffer.
3853
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3857 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3858 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3859 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3860 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3861
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3863
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3865 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3866 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3867 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3868 if there is one.
3869
3870 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3871
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3873 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3874 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3875 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3876 if there is one.
3877 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3878
3879 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3880
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3882 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3883 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3884
3885 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3886
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3888 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3889 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3890 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3891 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3892
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3894
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3896 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3897 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3898 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3899 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3900 space at the end of each line.
3901
3902 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3903
3904 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3905 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3906 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3907 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3908
3909 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3910
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3912 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3913 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3914 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3915
3916 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3917
3918 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3919 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3920 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3921 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3922
3923 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3924
3925 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3926 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3927 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3928 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3929
3930 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3931
3932 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3933 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3934 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3935 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3936
3937 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3940 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3941 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3942 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3943
3944 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3945
3946 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3947 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3948 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3949 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3950
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3952
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3954 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3955 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3956 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3957
3958 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3959
3960 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3961 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3962 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3963 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3964
3965 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3966
3967 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3968 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3972
3973 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3974 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3975 checking of documentation strings.
3976
3977 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3978
3979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3980
3981 ;;;***
3982 \f
3983 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3984 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3985 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20229 34587))
3986 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3987
3988 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3989 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3990 Return the length of resulting text.
3991
3992 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3993
3994 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3995 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3996
3997 \(fn)" t nil)
3998
3999 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4000 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4001 Return the length of resulting text.
4002
4003 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4006 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4007
4008 \(fn)" t nil)
4009
4010 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4011
4012
4013 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4014
4015 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4016
4017
4018 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4019
4020 ;;;***
4021 \f
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4023 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20229 34587))
4024 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4025
4026 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4027 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4028 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4029 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4030 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4031 editing and the result is evaluated.
4032
4033 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4034
4035 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4036 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4037 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4038 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4039 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4040
4041 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4042
4043 \(fn)" t nil)
4044
4045 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4046 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4047 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4048 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4049 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4050
4051 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4052 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4053 \\{command-history-map}
4054
4055 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4056 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4057
4058 \(fn)" t nil)
4059
4060 ;;;***
4061 \f
4062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20229 34587))
4063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4064
4065 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4066 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4067 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4068 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4069 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4070 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4071
4072 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4073 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4074
4075 ;;;***
4076 \f
4077 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4078 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
4079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4080
4081 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4082 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4083 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4084 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4085 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4086 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4087 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4088 of this function.
4089
4090 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4091 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4092 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4093 property are:
4094
4095 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4096 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4097
4098 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4099 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4100 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4101 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4102 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4103 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4104 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4105 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4106 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4107 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4108 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4109 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4110
4111 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4112 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4113 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4114
4115 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4116 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4117 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4118 list elements are:
4119
4120 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4121
4122 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4123
4124 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4125
4126 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4127 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4128
4129 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4130 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4131
4132 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4133 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4134 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4135 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4136 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4137 value specified by their associated list element.
4138
4139 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4140
4141 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4142 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4143 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4144
4145 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4146 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4147 * indent the first argument by 4.
4148 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4149 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4150 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4151
4152 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4153
4154 ;;;***
4155 \f
4156 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4157 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4159
4160 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4161 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4162 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4163 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4164
4165 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4166 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4167 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4168 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4169
4170 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4171 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4172
4173 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4174
4175 ;;;***
4176 \f
4177 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20229
4178 ;;;;;; 34587))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4180
4181 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4182 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4183 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4184 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4185 of `scheme-program-name').
4186 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4187 it is given as initial input.
4188 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4189 discards input when it starts up.
4190 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4191 is run).
4192 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4193
4194 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4195
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20254 62269))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4200
4201 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4202 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4203 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4204 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4205
4206 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4207 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4208
4209 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4210 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4211 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4212
4213 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4214
4215 ;;;***
4216 \f
4217 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4218 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4219 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4220 ;;;;;; (20290 11197))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4222
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4230
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4232
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4235
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4240 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4241 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4242 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4243 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4244 process as its initial input.
4245
4246 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4247
4248 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4249
4250 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4251
4252 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4253 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4254 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4255 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4256 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4257 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4258 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4259 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4260 process as its initial input.
4261
4262 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4263
4264 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4265
4266 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4267
4268 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4269 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4270 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4271 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4272 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4273 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4274
4275 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4276
4277 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4278 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4279 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4280 directory tracking functions.")
4281
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4285
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4287
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4289
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4292 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4293
4294 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4295
4296 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4297
4298 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4299 Send COMMAND to current process.
4300 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4301 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4302
4303 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4304
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4309
4310 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4311
4312 ;;;***
4313 \f
4314 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4315 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4316 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4317
4318 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4319 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4320 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4321 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4322
4323 This command pushes the mark in each window
4324 at the prior location of point in that window.
4325 If both windows display the same buffer,
4326 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4327 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4328
4329 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4331 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4332 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4333 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4334 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4335 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4336 ignored.
4337
4338 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4339 this command work in interlaced mode:
4340 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4341 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4342 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4343
4344 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4345
4346 ;;;***
4347 \f
4348 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4349 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4350 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4351 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4352 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20275
4353 ;;;;;; 43867))
4354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4355
4356 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4357 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4358
4359 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4360
4361 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4362 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4363 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4364 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4365 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4366 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4367 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4368
4369 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4370
4371 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4372 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4373
4374 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4375
4376 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4377 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4378 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4379 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4380 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4381
4382 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4383 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4384 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4385 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4386 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4387
4388 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4389 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4390 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4391 describing how the process finished.")
4392
4393 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4394 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4395 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4396 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4397 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4398
4399 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4400 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4401 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4402
4403 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4404
4405 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4406 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4407 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4408 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4409
4410 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4411
4412 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4413 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4414
4415 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4416 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4417
4418 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4419 (lambda ()
4420 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4421 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4422 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4423 (concat \"make -k \"
4424 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4425
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4428
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4433
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4435
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4440
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4443
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4446
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4448 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4449 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4450 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4451
4452 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4453 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4454 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4455 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4456
4457 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4458 kills its subprocesses.
4459
4460 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4461 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4462 to a function that generates a unique name.
4463
4464 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4465
4466 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4467 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4468 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4469 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4470
4471 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4472 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4473
4474 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4475 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4476 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4477 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4478
4479 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4480 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4481 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4482
4483 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4484
4485 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4486
4487 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4488 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4489 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4490 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4491 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4492
4493 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4494
4495 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4496
4497 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4498
4499 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4500 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4502 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4503 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4504
4505 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4506 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4507 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4508 See `compilation-mode'.
4509
4510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4511
4512 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4513 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4515 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4516 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517
4518 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4519 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4520 `compilation-mode'.
4521
4522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4523
4524 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4525 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4526 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4527
4528 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4529
4530 ;;;***
4531 \f
4532 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4533 ;;;;;; (20273 55691))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4535
4536 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4537 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4538 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4541 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4542
4543 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4544
4545 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4546 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4548 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4549 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4550
4551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4552
4553 ;;;***
4554 \f
4555 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4556 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4557 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4558 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4560
4561 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4562 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4563 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4564 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4565 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4566 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4567 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4568
4569 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4570 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4571 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4572
4573 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4574 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4575 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4576
4577 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4578 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4579 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4580 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4581
4582 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4583 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4584 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4585 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4586 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4587 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4588 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4589
4590 \\{conf-mode-map}
4591
4592 \(fn)" t nil)
4593
4594 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4595 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4596 Comments start with `#'.
4597 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4598
4599 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4600
4601 \[Desktop Entry]
4602 Encoding=UTF-8
4603 Name=The GIMP
4604 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4605 Name[cs]=GIMP
4606
4607 \(fn)" t nil)
4608
4609 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4610 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4611 Comments start with `;'.
4612 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4613
4614 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4615
4616 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4617 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4618 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619
4620 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4621 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4622
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4624
4625 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4627 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4628 between `/*' and `*/'.
4629 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4630
4631 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4632 // another kind of comment
4633 /* yet another */
4634
4635 name:value
4636 name=value
4637 name value
4638 x.1 =
4639 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4641
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4643
4644 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4646 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4647 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4648 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4649 `conf-space-keywords'.
4650 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4651 in an interactive fashion instead.
4652
4653 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4654
4655 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4656
4657 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4658 image/png png
4659 image/tiff tiff tif
4660
4661 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4662 class desktop
4663 # Standard multimedia devices
4664 add /dev/audio desktop
4665 add /dev/mixer desktop
4666
4667 \(fn)" t nil)
4668
4669 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4670 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4671 See `conf-space-mode'.
4672
4673 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4674
4675 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4676 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4677 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4678 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4679
4680 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4681
4682 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4683 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4684
4685 \(fn)" t nil)
4686
4687 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4688 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4689 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4690 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4691
4692 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4693
4694 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4695 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4696
4697 \(fn)" t nil)
4698
4699 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4700 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4701 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4702 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4703
4704 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4705
4706 *background: gray99
4707 *foreground: black
4708
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4710
4711 ;;;***
4712 \f
4713 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4714 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20229 34587))
4715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4716
4717 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4718 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4719 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4720 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4721
4722 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4723
4724 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4725 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4726 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4727 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4728
4729 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4730
4731 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4732 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4733 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4734 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4735
4736 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4737
4738 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4739 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4740
4741 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4742
4743 ;;;***
4744 \f
4745 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4746 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20229
4747 ;;;;;; 34587))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4749 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4750 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4751 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4752
4753 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4754 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4755 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4756 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4757 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4758 following the copyright are updated as well.
4759 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4760 interactively.
4761
4762 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4763
4764 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4765 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4766 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4767 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4768 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4769
4770 \(fn)" t nil)
4771
4772 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4773 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4774
4775 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4776
4777 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4778 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4779 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4780
4781 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4782
4783 ;;;***
4784 \f
4785 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4786 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20229 34587))
4787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4788 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4794 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4795
4796 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4797 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4798 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4799 Tab indents for Perl code.
4800 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4801 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4802
4803 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4804 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4805 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4806 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4807 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4808 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4809 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4810 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4811 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4812 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4813 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4814 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4815
4816 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4817
4818 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4819 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4820
4821 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4822
4823 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4824 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4825 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4826 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4827 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4828 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4829 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4830 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4831 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4832
4833 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4834
4835 bite if angry;
4836
4837 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4838 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4839 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4840 to nil.)
4841
4842 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4843 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4844 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4845
4846 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4847
4848 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4849 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4850 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4851 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4852 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4853
4854 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4855
4856 if (A) { B }
4857
4858 into
4859
4860 B if A;
4861
4862 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4863
4864 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4865 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4866 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4867 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4868 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4869 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4870 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4871 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4872 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4873 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4874 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4875 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4876 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4877
4878 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4879 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4880 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4881 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4882 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4883 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4884
4885 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4886 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4887 man via menu.
4888
4889 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4890 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4891 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4892 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4893 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4894
4895 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4896 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4897 span the needed amount of lines.
4898
4899 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4900 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4901 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4902 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4903
4904 Variables controlling indentation style:
4905 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4906 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4907 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4908 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4909 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4910 `cperl-auto-newline'
4911 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4912 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4913 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4914 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4915 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4916 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4917 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4918 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4919 `cperl-indent-level'
4920 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4921 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4922 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4923 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4924 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4925 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4926 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4927 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4928 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4929 `cperl-brace-offset'
4930 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4931 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4932 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4933 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4934 `cperl-label-offset'
4935 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4936 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4937 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4938
4939 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4940 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4941 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4942 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4943 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4944 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4945
4946 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4947 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4948 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4949 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4950
4951 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4952 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4953 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4954 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4955 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4956 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4957 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4958
4959 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4960 column 0 is indented on
4961 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4962
4963 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4964 with no args.
4965
4966 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4967 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4968 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4969
4970 \(fn)" t nil)
4971
4972 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4973 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4974
4975 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4976
4977 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4978 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4979
4980 \(fn)" t nil)
4981
4982 ;;;***
4983 \f
4984 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4985 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
4986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4987
4988 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4989 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4990 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4991 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4992 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4993
4994 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4995
4996 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4997 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4998
4999 \(fn)" t nil)
5000
5001 ;;;***
5002 \f
5003 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5004 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5006
5007 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5008 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5009 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5010 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5011
5012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5013 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5014
5015 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5016
5017 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5018 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5019 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5020 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5021 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5022
5023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5024
5025 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5026
5027 ;;;***
5028 \f
5029 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5030 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5032
5033 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5034 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5035 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5036 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5037
5038 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5039 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5040 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5041 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5042
5043 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5044 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5045 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5046
5047 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5048 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5049 'bob', and 'eve'.
5050
5051 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5052 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5053 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5054
5055 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5056
5057 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5058 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5059 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5060
5061 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5062
5063 ;;;***
5064 \f
5065 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20229
5066 ;;;;;; 34587))
5067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5068
5069 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5070 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5071
5072 \(fn)" t nil)
5073
5074 ;;;***
5075 \f
5076 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5077 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
5078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5079
5080 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5081 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5082 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5085 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5086
5087 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5088
5089 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5090 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5091 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5092 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5093 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5094
5095 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5096 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5097 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5098 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5099 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5100 normal function of these prefix keys.
5101
5102 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5103 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5104 options:
5105 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5106 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5107 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5108
5109 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5110 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5111 the prefix fallback behavior.
5112
5113 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5114 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5115 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5116 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5117
5118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5119
5120 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5121 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5122
5123 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5124
5125 ;;;***
5126 \f
5127 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5128 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5129 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5130 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5131 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5132 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5133 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5134 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5135 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5136 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5137 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20271 46782))
5138 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5139
5140 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5141 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5142
5143 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5144
5145 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5146 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5147
5148 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5149
5150 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5151 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5152
5153 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5154
5155 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5156 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5157
5158 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5159 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5160
5161 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5162 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5163
5164 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5165
5166 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5167
5168 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5169 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5170 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5171
5172 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5173 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5174
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5187 Return VALUE.
5188
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5191
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5194
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5197
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5199
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5203 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5204 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5205 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5206
5207 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5208 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5209 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5210
5211 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5212
5213 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5214 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5215 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5216 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5217 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5218
5219 \(fn)" t nil)
5220
5221 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5222 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5223 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5224 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5225
5226 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5227
5228 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5229 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5230 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5231
5232 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5236
5237 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5238
5239 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5240
5241 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5242 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5243
5244 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5245
5246 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5247
5248 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5250 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5251
5252 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5253
5254 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5255 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5256 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5257 as part of Emacs itself.
5258
5259 Each elements looks like this:
5260
5261 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5262
5263 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5264 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5265 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5266 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5267 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5268 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5269 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5270 and `defface'.
5271
5272 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5273
5274 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5275 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5276 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5277 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5278 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5279
5280 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5281 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5282 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5283 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5284
5285 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5286
5287 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5288 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5289 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5290 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5291 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5292
5293 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5294 that were added or redefined since that version.
5295
5296 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5297
5298 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5300 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5301 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5302
5303 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5304
5305 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5306 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5307
5308 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5309
5310 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5311 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5312 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5313
5314 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5315 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5316
5317 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5318
5319 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5321
5322 \(fn)" t nil)
5323
5324 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5326
5327 \(fn)" t nil)
5328
5329 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all saved options and faces.
5331
5332 \(fn)" t nil)
5333
5334 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5336 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5337 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5338 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5339 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5340
5341 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5342 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5343 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5344 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5345 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5346 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5347
5348 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5349
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5352 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5353 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5354
5355 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5356
5357 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5359
5360 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5361
5362 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5363 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5364
5365 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5366
5367 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5368 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5369 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5370 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5371 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5372 that option.
5373
5374 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5375
5376 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5377 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5378 The result includes selecting that window.
5379 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5380 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5381 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5382 that option.
5383
5384 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5385
5386 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5387 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5388
5389 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5390
5391 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5392 File used for storing customization information.
5393 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5394 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5395 it should be an absolute file name.
5396
5397 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5398 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5399 something like the following in your init file:
5400
5401 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5402 \(load custom-file)
5403
5404 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5405 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5406
5407 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5408 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5409 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5410 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5411 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5412
5413 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5414 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5415 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5416 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5417 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5418 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5419 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5420 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5421 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5422 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5423
5424 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5425
5426 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5428
5429 \(fn)" nil nil)
5430
5431 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5432 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5433
5434 \(fn)" t nil)
5435
5436 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5437 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5438 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5439
5440 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5441
5442 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5444 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5445 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5446 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5447
5448 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5449
5450 ;;;***
5451 \f
5452 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5453 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20279
5454 ;;;;;; 40897))
5455 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5456
5457 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5458 Create or edit a custom theme.
5459 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5460 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5461 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5462 named *Custom Theme*.
5463
5464 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5468
5469 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5473
5474 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5475
5476 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5477 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5478 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5479 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5480
5481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5482
5483 ;;;***
5484 \f
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5486 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5488
5489 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5490 Mode used for cvs status output.
5491
5492 \(fn)" t nil)
5493
5494 ;;;***
5495 \f
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5497 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20273 55692))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5499
5500 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5501 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5502
5503 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5504
5505 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5506 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5507 C++ modes are included.
5508
5509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5510 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5511 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5512
5513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5514
5515 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5516 Turn on CWarn mode.
5517
5518 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5519 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5520
5521 \(fn)" nil nil)
5522
5523 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5524 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5525 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5528 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5529
5530 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5531
5532 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5533 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5534 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5535 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5536 ARG is omitted or nil.
5537
5538 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5539 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5540 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5541
5542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5543
5544 ;;;***
5545 \f
5546 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5547 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5548 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5550
5551 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5552 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5553
5554 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5555
5556 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5557 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5558
5559 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5560
5561 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5562 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5563 For readability, the table is slightly
5564 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5565
5566 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5567 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5568 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5569 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5570 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5571
5572 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5573
5574 ;;;***
5575 \f
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5577 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5579 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5580 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5581 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5582 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5583
5584 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5585 Completion on current word.
5586 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5587 and presents suggestions for completion.
5588
5589 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5590 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5591 completions.
5592
5593 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5594 then it searches *all* buffers.
5595
5596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5597
5598 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5599 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5600
5601 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5602 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5603 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5604 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5605 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5606
5607 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5608 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5609
5610 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5611 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5612 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5613
5614 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5615 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5616
5617 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5618
5619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5620
5621 ;;;***
5622 \f
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5624 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5626
5627 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5628 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5629
5630 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5631
5632 ;;;***
5633 \f
5634 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20229
5635 ;;;;;; 34587))
5636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5637
5638 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5639 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5640 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5641 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5642 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5643
5644 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5645
5646 ;;;***
5647 \f
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20229
5649 ;;;;;; 34587))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5651
5652 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5653 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5654
5655 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5656 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5657 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5658
5659 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5660 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5661 Data lines are not indented.
5662
5663 Key bindings:
5664
5665 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5666 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5667
5668 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5669 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5670 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5671 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5672
5673 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5674
5675 dcl-basic-offset
5676 Extra indentation within blocks.
5677
5678 dcl-continuation-offset
5679 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5680
5681 dcl-margin-offset
5682 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5683
5684 dcl-margin-label-offset
5685 Indentation for a label.
5686
5687 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5688 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5689
5690 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5691 dcl-block-end-regexp
5692 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5693 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5694 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5695 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5696 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5697
5698 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5699 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5700 Two such functions are included in the package:
5701 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5702 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5703
5704 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5705 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5706 One such function is included in the package:
5707 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5708
5709 dcl-tab-always-indent
5710 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5711 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5712 margin.
5713
5714 dcl-electric-characters
5715 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5716 typed.
5717
5718 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5719 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5720 which words trigger electric indentation.
5721
5722 dcl-tempo-comma
5723 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5724 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5725 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5726
5727 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5728 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5729 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5730 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5731
5732 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5733 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5734 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5735 dcl-imenu-label-call
5736 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5737
5738 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5739 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5740 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5741 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5742
5743
5744 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5745
5746 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5747 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5748 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5749 $ i = 1
5750 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5751 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5752 $ label:
5753 $ if i.eq.1
5754 $ then
5755 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5756 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5757 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5758 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5759 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5760 \"lined up with the command line\"
5761 $ type sys$input
5762 Data lines are not indented at all.
5763 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5764 $ endif
5765 $
5766
5767
5768 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5769 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5770
5771 \(fn)" t nil)
5772
5773 ;;;***
5774 \f
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5776 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20229 34587))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5778
5779 (setq debugger 'debug)
5780
5781 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5782 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5783 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5784 of the evaluator.
5785
5786 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5787 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5788 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5789
5790 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5791
5792 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5793 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5794
5795 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5796
5797 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5798 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5799 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5800 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5801 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5802 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5803
5804 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5805 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5806
5807 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5808
5809 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5810 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5811 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5812 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5813 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5814
5815 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5816
5817 ;;;***
5818 \f
5819 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5820 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5822
5823 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5824 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5825
5826 \(fn)" t nil)
5827
5828 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5829 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5830 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5831 Upper-case letters are commands.
5832
5833 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5834 modify it.
5835
5836 The most useful commands are:
5837 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5838 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5839 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5840 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5841 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5842 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5843
5844 \(fn)" t nil)
5845
5846 ;;;***
5847 \f
5848 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5849 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20229
5850 ;;;;;; 34587))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5852
5853 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5854 Customization of `columns' group.
5855
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5859 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5860
5861 START and END delimits the text region.
5862
5863 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5864
5865 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5866 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5867
5868 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5869
5870 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5871
5872 ;;;***
5873 \f
5874 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20229
5875 ;;;;;; 34587))
5876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5877
5878 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5879 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5880 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5881 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5882 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5883 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5884 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5885
5886 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5887
5888 Customization:
5889
5890 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5891 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5892 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5893 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5894 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5895 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5896 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5897 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5898 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5899 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5900 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5901 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5902 blank line.
5903 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5904 Directories to search when finding external units.
5905 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5906 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5907
5908 Coloring:
5909
5910 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5911 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5912 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5913 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5914 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5915 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5916 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5917 Face used to color everything else.
5918
5919 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5920 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5921
5922 \(fn)" t nil)
5923
5924 ;;;***
5925 \f
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20229
5927 ;;;;;; 34587))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5929
5930 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5931
5932 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5933 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5934 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5937 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5938
5939 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5940
5941 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5942 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5944 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5945 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5946
5947 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5948 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5949 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5950 any selection.
5951
5952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5953
5954 ;;;***
5955 \f
5956 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5957 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20229 34587))
5958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5959
5960 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5961 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5962
5963 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5964
5965 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5966 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5967 or nil if there is no parent.
5968 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5969 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5970 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5971 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5972 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5973
5974 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5975 arguments are currently understood:
5976 :group GROUP
5977 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5978 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5979 :syntax-table TABLE
5980 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5981 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5982 :abbrev-table TABLE
5983 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5984 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5985
5986 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5987
5988 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5989
5990 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5991 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5992 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5993
5994 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5995 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5996
5997 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5998 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5999 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6000
6001 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6002 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6003
6004 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6005 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6006
6007 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6008
6009 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6010
6011 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6012
6013 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6014 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6015 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6016 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6017 the first time the mode is used.
6018
6019 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6020
6021 ;;;***
6022 \f
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6024 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20259 55615))
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6026
6027 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6028 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6029 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6030 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6031 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6032 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6033 otherwise.
6034
6035 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6036
6037 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6038 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6039 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6040 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6041
6042 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6043 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6044 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6045
6046 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6047 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6048 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6049 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6050 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6051 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6052 relevant to POS.
6053
6054 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6055
6056 ;;;***
6057 \f
6058 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6059 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6060 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6061 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20277 28925))
6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6063
6064 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6065 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6066 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6067
6068 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6069
6070 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6071 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6072 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6073 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6074 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6075
6076 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6077 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6078 `desktop-read' for details.
6079
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6081
6082 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6083 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6084 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6085 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6086
6087 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6088
6089 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6090 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6091 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6092
6093 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6094 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6095 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6096
6097 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6098 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6099
6100 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6101 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6102 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6103
6104 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6105 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6106 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6107 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6108
6109 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6110
6111 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6112 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6113
6114 Handlers are called with argument list
6115
6116 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6117
6118 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6119
6120 desktop-file-version
6121 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6122 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6123 desktop-buffer-point
6124 desktop-buffer-mark
6125 desktop-buffer-read-only
6126 desktop-buffer-locals
6127
6128 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6129 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6130
6131 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6132 code like
6133
6134 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6135 ...
6136 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6137 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6138
6139 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6140
6141 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6142
6143 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6144 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6145 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6146 List elements must have the form
6147
6148 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6149
6150 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6151 function.
6152
6153 Handlers are called with argument list
6154
6155 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6156
6157 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6158
6159 desktop-file-version
6160 desktop-buffer-file-name
6161 desktop-buffer-name
6162 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6163 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6164 desktop-buffer-point
6165 desktop-buffer-mark
6166 desktop-buffer-read-only
6167 desktop-buffer-misc
6168
6169 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6170 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6171 created and set.
6172
6173 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6174 code like
6175
6176 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6177 ...
6178 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6179 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6180
6181 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6182
6183 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6184
6185 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6186
6187 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6188 Empty the Desktop.
6189 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6190 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6191 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6192
6193 \(fn)" t nil)
6194
6195 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6196 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6197 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6198 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6199 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6200
6201 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6204 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6205 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6206
6207 \(fn)" t nil)
6208
6209 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6210 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6211 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6212 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6213 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6214 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6215 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6216 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6217
6218 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6219
6220 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6221 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6222 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6223
6224 \(fn)" nil nil)
6225
6226 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6227 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6228 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6229 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6230 directory DIRNAME.
6231
6232 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6233
6234 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6235 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6236
6237 \(fn)" t nil)
6238
6239 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6240 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6241
6242 \(fn)" t nil)
6243
6244 ;;;***
6245 \f
6246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6247 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6248 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20229 34587))
6249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6250
6251 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6252 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6253 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6254 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6255 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6256 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6257
6258 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6259
6260 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6261 Repair a broken attribution line.
6262 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6263
6264 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6265
6266 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6267 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6268 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6269 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6270
6271 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6272
6273 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6274 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6275
6276 \(fn)" t nil)
6277
6278 ;;;***
6279 \f
6280 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6281 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20287 5356))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6283
6284 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6285 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6286 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6287 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6288 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6289
6290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6291
6292 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6293 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6294 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6295 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6296
6297 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6298 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6299 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6300 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6301
6302 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6303 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6304
6305 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6306 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6307 calendar-date-style 'european
6308 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6309
6310 \(diary-mail-entries)
6311
6312 # diary-rem.el ends here
6313
6314 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6315
6316 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6317 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6318
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6324 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20229 34587))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6326
6327 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6328 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6329
6330 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6331
6332 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6333 The command to use to run diff.")
6334
6335 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6336
6337 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6338 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6339 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6340 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6341 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6342 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6343
6344 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6345 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6346 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6347
6348 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6349
6350 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6351 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6352 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6353 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6354 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6355 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6356
6357 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6358
6359 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6360 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6361 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6362
6363 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6364
6365 ;;;***
6366 \f
6367 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6368 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
6369 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6370
6371 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6372 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6373 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6374 normal diffs.
6375
6376 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6377 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6378 headers for you on-the-fly.
6379
6380 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6381 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6382 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6383
6384 \\{diff-mode-map}
6385
6386 \(fn)" t nil)
6387
6388 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6393
6394 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6395
6396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6397
6398 ;;;***
6399 \f
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20229 34587))
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6402
6403 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6404 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6405 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6406
6407 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6408
6409 ;;;***
6410 \f
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6412 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20296 49978))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6414
6415 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6416 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6417 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6418 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6419 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6420 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6421 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6422 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6423
6424 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6425
6426 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6427 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6428 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6429 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6430 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6431 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6432
6433 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6434 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6435 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6436 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6437 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6438 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6439 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6440 list of files to make directory entries for.
6441 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6442 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6443 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6444
6445 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6446
6447 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6448 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6449
6450 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6451 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6452
6453 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6454 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6455
6456 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6457 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6458
6459 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6460
6461 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6462 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6463
6464 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6465
6466 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6467 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6468 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6469 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6470 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6471 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6472 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6473 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6474 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6475 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6476 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6477 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6478 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6479 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6480 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6481 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6482 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6483 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6484 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6485 to see why something went wrong.
6486 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6487 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6488 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6489 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6490 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6491 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6492 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6493 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6494 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6495 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6496 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6497 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6498 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6499
6500 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6501 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6502 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6503 again for the directory tree.
6504
6505 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6506 for more info):
6507
6508 `dired-listing-switches'
6509 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6510 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6511 `dired-marker-char'
6512 `dired-del-marker'
6513 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6514 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6515 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6516 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6517
6518 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6519
6520 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6521 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6522 `dired-mode-hook'
6523 `dired-load-hook'
6524
6525 Keybindings:
6526 \\{dired-mode-map}
6527
6528 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6529 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6530
6531 ;;;***
6532 \f
6533 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6534 ;;;;;; (20273 55691))
6535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6536
6537 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6538 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6540 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6541 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6542
6543 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6544 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6545 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6546
6547 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6548 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6549 directory.
6550
6551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6552
6553 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6554 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6555 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6556 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6557 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6558 from `default-directory'.
6559
6560 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6561
6562 ;;;***
6563 \f
6564 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20229
6565 ;;;;;; 34587))
6566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6567
6568 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6569 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6570 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6571 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6572 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6573 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6574
6575 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6576
6577 ;;;***
6578 \f
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6580 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6581 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6582 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6583 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6584 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20229 34587))
6585 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6586
6587 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6588 Return a new, empty display table.
6589
6590 \(fn)" nil nil)
6591
6592 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6593 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6594 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6595 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6596 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6597
6598 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6599
6600 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6601 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6602 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6603 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6604 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6605
6606 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6607
6608 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6609 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6610
6611 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6612
6613 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6614 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6615
6616 \(fn)" t nil)
6617
6618 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6619 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6620
6621 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6622 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6623
6624 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6625 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6626 byte.
6627
6628 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6629 in the default way after this call.
6630
6631 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6632
6633 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6634 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6635
6636 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6637
6638 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6639 Display character C using printable string S.
6640
6641 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6642
6643 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6644 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6645 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6646 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6647
6648 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6649
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6651 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6652 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6653 X frame.
6654
6655 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6656
6657 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6658 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6659
6660 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6661
6662 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6663 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6664
6665 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6666
6667 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6668 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6669
6670 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6671
6672 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6673 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6674
6675 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6676
6677 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6678 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6679
6680 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6681
6682 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6683 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6684
6685 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6686 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6687
6688 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6689 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6690
6691 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6692 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6693 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6694 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6695
6696 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6697 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6698 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6699 in `.emacs'.
6700
6701 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6702
6703 ;;;***
6704 \f
6705 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6706 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
6707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6708
6709 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6710 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6711 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6712 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6713 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6714 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6715 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6716 Default is 2.
6717
6718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6719
6720 ;;;***
6721 \f
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20229 34587))
6723 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6724
6725 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6726 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6727 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6728 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6729 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6730 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6731 private or ask).
6732 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6733 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6734 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6735 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6736 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6737
6738 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6739
6740 ;;;***
6741 \f
6742 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6743 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20229 34587))
6744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6745
6746 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6747 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6748 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6749 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6750 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6751 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6752 table and its own syntax table.
6753
6754 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6755
6756 \(fn)" t nil)
6757 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6758
6759 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6760 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6761
6762 \(fn)" t nil)
6763
6764 ;;;***
6765 \f
6766 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6767 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20279
6768 ;;;;;; 40897))
6769 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6770
6771 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6772 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6773 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6774 OpenDocument format).
6775
6776 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6777
6778 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6779 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6780
6781 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6782 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6783
6784 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6785 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6786 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6787
6788 \(fn)" t nil)
6789
6790 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6791 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6792 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6793 to the next best mode.
6794
6795 \(fn)" nil nil)
6796
6797 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6798 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6802
6803 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6804
6805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6806
6807 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6808
6809
6810 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6811
6812 ;;;***
6813 \f
6814 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20230 15291))
6815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6816
6817 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6818 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6819
6820 \(fn)" t nil)
6821
6822 ;;;***
6823 \f
6824 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20229 34587))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6826
6827 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6828 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6831 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6832
6833 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6834 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6835
6836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6837
6838 ;;;***
6839 \f
6840 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20229 34587))
6841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6842
6843 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6844 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6845
6846 \(fn)" t nil)
6847
6848 ;;;***
6849 \f
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6851 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20294 38748))
6853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6854
6855 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6856
6857 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6858 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6859 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6860 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6861 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6862
6863 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6864 Interactively with no prefix argument it toggles the mode.
6865 With a prefix argument, it enables the mode if the argument is
6866 positive and otherwise disables it. When called from Lisp, it
6867 enables the mode if the argument is omitted or nil, and toggles
6868 the mode if the argument is `toggle'. If DOC is nil this
6869 function adds a basic doc-string stating these facts.
6870
6871 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6872 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6873 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6874 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6875 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6876 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6877 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6878 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6879
6880 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6881 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6882 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6883 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6884 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6885 mode is global):
6886
6887 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6888 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6889 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6890 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6891 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6892 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6893 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6894 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6895 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6896 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6897 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6898 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6899 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6900 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6901 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6902 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6903 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6904 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6905 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6906 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6907 the terms used in :variable).
6908 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6909 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6910
6911 For example, you could write
6912 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6913 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6914 ...BODY CODE...)
6915
6916 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6917
6918 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6919
6920 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6921
6922 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6923 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6924 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6925 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6926 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6927 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6928 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6929 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6930 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6931 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6932 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6933 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6934
6935 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6936 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6937 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6938 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6939 call another major mode in their body.
6940
6941 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6942
6943 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6944 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6945 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6946 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6947 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6948 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6949 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6950
6951 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6952
6953 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6954 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6955 :inherit Parent keymap.
6956 :group Ignored.
6957 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6958 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6959
6960 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6961
6962 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6963 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6964 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6965 the constant's documentation.
6966
6967 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6968
6969 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6970 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6971 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6972
6973 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6974
6975 ;;;***
6976 \f
6977 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6978 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20300
6979 ;;;;;; 47034))
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6981
6982 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6983 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6984
6985 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6986 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6987 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6988
6989 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6990 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6991
6992 :filter FUNCTION
6993
6994 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6995 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6996
6997 :visible INCLUDE
6998
6999 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7000 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7001
7002 :active ENABLE
7003
7004 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7005 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7006
7007 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7008
7009 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7010
7011 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7012
7013 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7014 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7015
7016 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7017 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7018
7019 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7020
7021 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7022
7023 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7024
7025 :keys KEYS
7026
7027 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7028 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7029 computed automatically.
7030 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7031
7032 :key-sequence KEYS
7033
7034 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7035 menu item.
7036 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7037 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7038 keyboard equivalent.
7039
7040 :active ENABLE
7041
7042 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7043 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7044
7045 :visible INCLUDE
7046
7047 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7048 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7049
7050 :label FORM
7051
7052 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7053 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7054
7055 :suffix FORM
7056
7057 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7058 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7059
7060 :style STYLE
7061
7062 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7063 defined:
7064
7065 toggle: A checkbox.
7066 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7067 radio: A radio button.
7068 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7069 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7070 menu bar itself.
7071 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7072
7073 :selected SELECTED
7074
7075 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7076 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7077
7078 :help HELP
7079
7080 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7081
7082 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7083 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7084 as a solid horizontal line.
7085
7086 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7087
7088 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7089
7090 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7091
7092 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7093
7094
7095 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7096
7097 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7098 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7099 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7100 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7101
7102 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7103
7104 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7105 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7106 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7107 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7108 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7109 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7110
7111 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7112 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7113 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7114
7115 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7116 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7117 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7118
7119 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7120 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7121
7122 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7123
7124 ;;;***
7125 \f
7126 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7127 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7128 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7129 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7130 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7131 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7132 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7133 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20229 34587))
7134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7135
7136 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7137 Customization for ebnf group.
7138
7139 \(fn)" t nil)
7140
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7143
7144 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7145
7146 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7147 processed.
7148
7149 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7150
7151 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7155
7156 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7157 killed after process termination.
7158
7159 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7160
7161 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7164 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7165
7166 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7167 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7168 it to the printer.
7169
7170 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7171 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7172 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7173 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7174
7175 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7176
7177 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7178 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7179 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7180
7181 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7185
7186 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7187
7188 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7189 processed.
7190
7191 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7192
7193 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7197
7198 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7199 killed after process termination.
7200
7201 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7202
7203 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7204
7205 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7206 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7207 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7208 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7209
7210 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7211
7212 \(fn)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7215 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7216 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7217
7218 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7219
7220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7224
7225 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7226
7227 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7228 processed.
7229
7230 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7231
7232 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7236
7237 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7238 killed after EPS generation.
7239
7240 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7241
7242 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243
7244 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7245 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7246
7247 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7248 The EPS file name has the following form:
7249
7250 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7251
7252 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7253 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7254
7255 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7256 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7257 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7258 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7259 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7260
7261 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7262 files.
7263
7264 \(fn)" t nil)
7265
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7268
7269 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7270 The EPS file name has the following form:
7271
7272 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7273
7274 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7275 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7276
7277 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7278 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7279 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7280 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7281 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7282
7283 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7284 files.
7285
7286 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7287
7288 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7289
7290 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7291 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7292
7293 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7294
7295 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7296 are processed.
7297
7298 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7299
7300 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7304
7305 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7306 killed after syntax checking.
7307
7308 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7309
7310 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7313 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7314
7315 \(fn)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7319
7320 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7321
7322 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7323 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7324
7325 \(fn)" nil nil)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7329
7330 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7331
7332 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7335 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7336
7337 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7338
7339 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7342 Delete style NAME.
7343
7344 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7345
7346 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7350
7351 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7352
7353 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7356 Set STYLE as the current style.
7357
7358 Returns the old style symbol.
7359
7360 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7361
7362 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7363
7364 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7365 Reset current style.
7366
7367 Returns the old style symbol.
7368
7369 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7370
7371 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7375
7376 Returns the old style symbol.
7377
7378 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7379
7380 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7381
7382 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7385 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7386
7387 Returns the old style symbol.
7388
7389 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7390
7391 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7392
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7394
7395 ;;;***
7396 \f
7397 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7398 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7399 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7400 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7401 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7402 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7403 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20229
7408 ;;;;;; 34587))
7409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7410
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7412 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7413 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7414 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7415 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7416 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7417
7418 Tree mode key bindings:
7419 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7420
7421 \(fn)" t nil)
7422
7423 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7424 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7429 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7430
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7434 View declaration of member at point.
7435
7436 \(fn)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7439 Find declaration of member at point.
7440
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7444 View definition of member at point.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7449 Find definition of member at point.
7450
7451 \(fn)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7454 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7455
7456 \(fn)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7459 View definition of member at point in other window.
7460
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7462
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7464 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7465
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7467
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7469 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7470
7471 \(fn)" t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7474 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7475
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7477
7478 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7479 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7480
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7484 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7485 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7486 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7487 completion.
7488
7489 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7490
7491 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7492 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7493 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7494 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7495
7496 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7497
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7499 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7500 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7501 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7502
7503 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7506 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7507 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7508
7509 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7512 Search for call sites of a member.
7513 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7514 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7515 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7516 looks like a function call to the member.
7517
7518 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7519
7520 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7521 Move backward in the position stack.
7522 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7523
7524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7527 Move forward in the position stack.
7528 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7529
7530 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7533 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7534
7535 \(fn)" t nil)
7536
7537 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7538 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7539
7540 \(fn)" t nil)
7541
7542 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7543 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7544 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7545 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7546
7547 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7550 Display statistics for a class tree.
7551
7552 \(fn)" t nil)
7553
7554 ;;;***
7555 \f
7556 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7557 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7558 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7559
7560 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7561 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7562 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7563 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7564
7565 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7566 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7567 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7568
7569 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7570 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7571 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7572
7573 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7574
7575 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7576
7577 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7578
7579 ;;;***
7580 \f
7581 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7582 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20229 34587))
7583 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7584
7585 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7586 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7587 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7588
7589 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7590
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7594 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7595 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7596
7597 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7598
7599
7600 \(fn)" nil nil)
7601
7602 ;;;***
7603 \f
7604 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20240 47305))
7605 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7606
7607 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7608 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7609 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7612 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7613
7614 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7615
7616 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7617 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7620 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7621
7622 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7623 an EDE controlled project.
7624
7625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7626
7627 ;;;***
7628 \f
7629 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7630 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7631 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20229 34587))
7632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7633
7634 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7635 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7636 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7637 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7638 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7639
7640 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7641 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7642 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7643 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7644
7645 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7646
7647 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7648 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7649 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7650 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7651
7652 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7653
7654 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7655 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7656 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7657 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7658
7659 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7660
7661 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7662
7663 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7664 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7665 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7666 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7667 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7668
7669 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7670 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7671 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7672 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7673 instrumented for Edebug.
7674
7675 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7676 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7677 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7678 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7679 already is one.)
7680
7681 \(fn)" t nil)
7682
7683 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7684 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7685
7686 \(fn)" t nil)
7687
7688 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7689 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7690
7691 \(fn)" t nil)
7692
7693 ;;;***
7694 \f
7695 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7696 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7697 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7698 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7699 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7700 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7701 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7702 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7703 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7704 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20229 34587))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7706
7707 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7708 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7709
7710 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7711
7712 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7713 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7714
7715 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7716
7717 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7718
7719 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7720
7721 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7722 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7723 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7724 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7725
7726 \(fn)" t nil)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7729 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7730 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7731 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7732
7733 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7734
7735 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7736 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7737
7738 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7739
7740 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7744
7745 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7746
7747 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7748
7749 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7750 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7751 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7752 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7753
7754 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7755
7756 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7757
7758 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7760 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7761 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7762
7763 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7764
7765 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7766
7767 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7769 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7770 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7771
7772 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7773
7774 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7775
7776 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7777 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7778 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7779 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7780
7781 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7782
7783 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7784
7785 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7786 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7787 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7788 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7789 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7790 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7791
7792 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7793
7794 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7795 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7796 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7797 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7798
7799 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7800
7801 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7802
7803 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7805 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7806 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7807
7808 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7809
7810 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7811
7812 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7813
7814 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7815 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7816 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7817 follows:
7818 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7819 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7820
7821 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7824 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7825 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7826 follows:
7827 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7828 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7829
7830 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7834 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7835 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7836 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7837
7838 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7839
7840 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7841 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7842 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7843 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7844 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7845 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7846
7847 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7848
7849 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7850
7851 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7852 Merge two files without ancestor.
7853
7854 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7857 Merge two files with ancestor.
7858
7859 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7860
7861 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7862
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7864 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7865
7866 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7869 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7870
7871 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7872
7873 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7874 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7875 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7876 buffer.
7877
7878 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7879
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7882 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7883 buffer.
7884
7885 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7888 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7889 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7890 and don't ask the user.
7891 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7892 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7893
7894 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7895
7896 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7897 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7898 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7899 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7900 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7901 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7902 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7903 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7904
7905 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7906
7907 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7908
7909 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7910
7911 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7912 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7913 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7914 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7915 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7916
7917 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7918
7919 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7920
7921 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7922 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7923 When called interactively, displays the version.
7924
7925 \(fn)" t nil)
7926
7927 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7928 Display Ediff's manual.
7929 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7930
7931 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7932
7933 ;;;***
7934 \f
7935 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7936 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7937 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7938
7939 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7940
7941
7942 \(fn)" t nil)
7943
7944 ;;;***
7945 \f
7946 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7947 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7948 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7949
7950 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7951 Display Ediff's registry.
7952
7953 \(fn)" t nil)
7954
7955 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7956
7957 ;;;***
7958 \f
7959 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7960 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20300 47034))
7961 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7962
7963 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7964 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7965 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7966 which see.
7967
7968 \(fn)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7971 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7972 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7973 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7974
7975 \(fn)" t nil)
7976
7977 ;;;***
7978 \f
7979 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7980 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7981 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
7982 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7983
7984 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7985 Edit a keyboard macro.
7986 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7987 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7988 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7989 its command name.
7990 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7991
7992 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7993
7994 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7995 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7996
7997 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7998
7999 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8000 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8001
8002 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8005 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8006 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8007 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8008 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8009 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8010
8011 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8012 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8013 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8014 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8015
8016 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8017
8018 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8019 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8020 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8021 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8022 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8023 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8024
8025 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8026
8027 ;;;***
8028 \f
8029 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8030 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20229 34587))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8032
8033 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8034 Set scroll margins.
8035 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8036 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8037
8038 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8039
8040 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8041 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8042
8043 \(fn)" t nil)
8044
8045 ;;;***
8046 \f
8047 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8048 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8050
8051 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8052 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8053 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8054 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8055 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8056 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8057 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8058
8059 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8060 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8061
8062 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8063 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8064 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8065 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8066
8067 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8068 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8069 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8070
8071 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8072 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8073 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8074
8075 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8076
8077 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8078
8079
8080 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8081
8082 ;;;***
8083 \f
8084 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8085 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20229 34587))
8086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8087
8088 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8089 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8090
8091 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8092
8093 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8094 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8096 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8097 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8098
8099 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8100 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8101 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8102 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8103 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8104 expression point is on.
8105
8106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8107
8108 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8109 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8110
8111 \(fn)" t nil)
8112
8113 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8114 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8115 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8116 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8117 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8118 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8119 arg list.
8120
8121 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8122 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8123 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8124 effect.
8125
8126 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8127 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8128
8129 ;;;***
8130 \f
8131 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8132 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20275 12572))
8133 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8134
8135 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8136 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8137
8138 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8139 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8140 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8141 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8142 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8143 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8144
8145 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8146
8147 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8148 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8149 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8150 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8151 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8152
8153 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8154 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8155 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8156
8157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8158
8159 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8160 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8161 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8163 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8164 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8165
8166 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8167
8168 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8169 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8171 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8172 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8173
8174 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8175 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8176 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8177
8178 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8179
8180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8181
8182 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8183 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8184 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8186 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8187 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8188
8189 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8190
8191 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8192 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8193 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8194 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8195 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8196 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8197
8198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8199
8200 ;;;***
8201 \f
8202 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20229
8203 ;;;;;; 34587))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8205
8206 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8207 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8208
8209 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8210 an elided material again.
8211
8212 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8213
8214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8215
8216 ;;;***
8217 \f
8218 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8219 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8220 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8222
8223 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8224 Lint the file FILE.
8225
8226 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8227
8228 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8229 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8230 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8231
8232 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8233
8234 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8235 Lint the current buffer.
8236 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8237
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8239
8240 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8241 Lint the function at point.
8242 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8243
8244 \(fn)" t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8247 Initialize elint.
8248 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8249 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8250
8251 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8252
8253 ;;;***
8254 \f
8255 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8256 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20229
8257 ;;;;;; 34587))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8259
8260 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8261 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8262 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8263
8264 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8265
8266 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8267 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8268 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8269 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8270
8271 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8274 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8275 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8276
8277 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8278
8279 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8282 Display current profiling results.
8283 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8284 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8285 displayed.
8286
8287 \(fn)" t nil)
8288
8289 ;;;***
8290 \f
8291 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8292 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8294
8295 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8296 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8297 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8298 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8299 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8300 ARG is omitted or nil.
8301
8302 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8303 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8304 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8305 used instead.
8306
8307 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8308
8309 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8310 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8311 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8312
8313 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8314
8315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8316
8317 ;;;***
8318 \f
8319 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8320 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20277 28925))
8321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8322
8323 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8324 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8325 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8326
8327 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8330 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8331 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8332
8333 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8334
8335 ;;;***
8336 \f
8337 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8338 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8339 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8340 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8341 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20292 6362))
8342 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8343
8344 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8345 Run Emerge on two files.
8346
8347 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8350 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8351
8352 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8353
8354 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8355 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8356
8357 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8360 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8361
8362 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8363
8364 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8365
8366
8367 \(fn)" nil nil)
8368
8369 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8370
8371
8372 \(fn)" nil nil)
8373
8374 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8375
8376
8377 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8378
8379 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8380
8381
8382 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8383
8384 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8385 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8386
8387 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8390 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8391
8392 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8393
8394 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8395
8396
8397 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8398
8399 ;;;***
8400 \f
8401 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8402 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20273 55692))
8403 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8404
8405 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8406 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8407 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8408 text/enriched format.
8409
8410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8411 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8412 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8413
8414 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8415
8416 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8417 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8418
8419 Commands:
8420
8421 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8422
8423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8426
8427
8428 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8429
8430 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8431
8432
8433 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8434
8435 ;;;***
8436 \f
8437 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8438 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8439 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8440 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8441 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8442 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20229
8443 ;;;;;; 34587))
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8445
8446 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8447 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8448
8449 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8452 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8453
8454 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8457 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8458 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8459 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8460 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8461 the keys are listed.
8462 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8463
8464 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8467 Decrypt FILE.
8468
8469 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8470
8471 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8472 Verify FILE.
8473
8474 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8475
8476 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8477 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8478
8479 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8480
8481 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8482 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8483
8484 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8485
8486 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8487 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8488
8489 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8490 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8491 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8492 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8493
8494 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8495 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8496 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8497 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8498 should consider using the string based counterpart
8499 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8500 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8501
8502 For example:
8503
8504 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8505 (decode-coding-string
8506 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8507 'utf-8))
8508
8509 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8512 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8513
8514 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8515 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8516
8517 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8518
8519 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8520 Verify the current region between START and END.
8521
8522 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8523 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8524 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8525 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8526 should consider using the string based counterpart
8527 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8528 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8529
8530 For example:
8531
8532 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8533 (decode-coding-string
8534 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8535 'utf-8))
8536
8537 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8538
8539 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8540 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8541 between START and END.
8542
8543 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8544 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8545
8546 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8547
8548 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8549 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8550
8551 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8552 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8553 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8554 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8555 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8556 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8557
8558 For example:
8559
8560 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8561 (epg-sign-string
8562 context
8563 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8564
8565 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8566
8567 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8568 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8569
8570 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8571 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8572 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8573 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8574 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8575 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8576
8577 For example:
8578
8579 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8580 (epg-encrypt-string
8581 context
8582 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8583 nil))
8584
8585 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8588 Delete selected KEYS.
8589
8590 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8593 Import keys from FILE.
8594
8595 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8596
8597 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8598 Import keys from the region.
8599
8600 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8601
8602 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8603 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8604 between START and END.
8605
8606 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8607
8608 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8609 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8610
8611 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8612
8613 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8614 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8615
8616 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8617
8618 ;;;***
8619 \f
8620 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8621 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20229 34587))
8622 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8623
8624 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8625 Decrypt marked files.
8626
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8630 Verify marked files.
8631
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8633
8634 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8635 Sign marked files.
8636
8637 \(fn)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8640 Encrypt marked files.
8641
8642 \(fn)" t nil)
8643
8644 ;;;***
8645 \f
8646 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8647 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20229 34587))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8649
8650 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8651
8652
8653 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8654
8655 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8656
8657
8658 \(fn)" t nil)
8659
8660 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8661
8662
8663 \(fn)" t nil)
8664
8665 ;;;***
8666 \f
8667 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8668 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8669 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20273 55691))
8670 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8671
8672 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8673 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8674 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8675 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8676 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8677
8678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8681 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8682 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8683
8684 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8685
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8687
8688 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8689 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8690 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8691
8692 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8693
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8695
8696 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8697 Sign the current buffer.
8698 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8699
8700 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8701
8702 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8703
8704 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8705 Encrypt the current buffer.
8706 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8707
8708 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8709
8710 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8711
8712 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8713 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8714 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8715
8716 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8717
8718 \(fn)" t nil)
8719
8720 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8721 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8722 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8725 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8726
8727 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8728
8729 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8730 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8732 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8733 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8734
8735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8736
8737 ;;;***
8738 \f
8739 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20241 25657))
8740 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8741
8742 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8743 Return a context object.
8744
8745 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8746
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8750 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20229 34587))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8752
8753 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8754 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8755
8756 \(fn)" nil nil)
8757
8758 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8759 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8760
8761 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8762
8763 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8764 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8765
8766 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8767
8768 ;;;***
8769 \f
8770 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8771 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20230 55355))
8772 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8773
8774 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8775 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8776
8777 \(fn)" nil nil)
8778
8779 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8780 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8781 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8782
8783 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8784
8785 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8786 (server (erc-compute-server))
8787 (port (erc-compute-port))
8788 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8789 password
8790 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8791
8792 That is, if called with
8793
8794 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8795
8796 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8797 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8798 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8799
8800 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8801
8802 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8803
8804 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8805 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8806 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8807
8808 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8809
8810 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8811 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8812 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8813 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8814
8815 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8816
8817 ;;;***
8818 \f
8819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20229
8820 ;;;;;; 34587))
8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8822 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8823
8824 ;;;***
8825 \f
8826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20229 34587))
8827 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8828 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8829
8830 ;;;***
8831 \f
8832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20229 34587))
8833 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8834 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8835
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20300 47034))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8845 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20229 34587))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8847 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8850 Parser for /dcc command.
8851 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8852 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8853 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8854
8855 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8856
8857 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8858 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8859
8860 \(fn)" nil nil)
8861
8862 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8863 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8864
8865 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8866 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8867 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8868 that subcommand.
8869
8870 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8871
8872 ;;;***
8873 \f
8874 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8875 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8876 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8877 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8878 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8880
8881 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8882 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8883
8884 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8885
8886 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8887 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8888 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8889 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8890
8891 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8892
8893 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8894
8895
8896 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8897
8898 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8899 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8900
8901 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8902
8903 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8904 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8905
8906 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8907
8908 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8909 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8910
8911 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8912
8913 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8914 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8915
8916 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8917
8918 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8919 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8920
8921 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8922
8923 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8924 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8925
8926 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8927
8928 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8929 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8930
8931 \(fn)" nil nil)
8932
8933 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8934 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8935
8936 \(fn)" nil nil)
8937
8938 ;;;***
8939 \f
8940 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20229
8941 ;;;;;; 34587))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8943 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8944
8945 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8946 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8947 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8948
8949 \(fn)" nil nil)
8950
8951 ;;;***
8952 \f
8953 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8954 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20229 34587))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8956 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8959 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8960 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8961 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8962 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8963 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8964 system.
8965
8966 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8969
8970
8971 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8972
8973 ;;;***
8974 \f
8975 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8976 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
8977 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8978
8979 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8980
8981
8982 \(fn)" nil nil)
8983
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20274 22975))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8988 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8989
8990 ;;;***
8991 \f
8992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20229 34587))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8994 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8995
8996 ;;;***
8997 \f
8998 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8999 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20229 34587))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9002
9003 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9004 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9005 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9006 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9007 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9008 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9009
9010 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9011
9012 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9013 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9014 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9015 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9016
9017 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9018 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9019 automatically.
9020
9021 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9022 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9023
9024 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9025
9026 ;;;***
9027 \f
9028 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9029 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9030 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9031 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9034
9035 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9036 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9037
9038 \(fn)" t nil)
9039
9040 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9041 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9042
9043 \(fn)" t nil)
9044
9045 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9046 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9047
9048 \(fn)" t nil)
9049
9050 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9051 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9052
9053 \(fn)" t nil)
9054
9055 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9056 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9057
9058 \(fn)" t nil)
9059
9060 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9061 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9062
9063 \(fn)" t nil)
9064
9065 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9066 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9067
9068 \(fn)" t nil)
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9071 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9072
9073 \(fn)" t nil)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20229 34587))
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9080
9081 ;;;***
9082 \f
9083 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9084 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9087
9088 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9089 Show who's gone.
9090
9091 \(fn)" nil nil)
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9096 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20229 34587))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9098
9099 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9100 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9101 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9102 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9103
9104 \(fn)" nil nil)
9105
9106 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9107 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9108
9109 \(fn)" t nil)
9110
9111 ;;;***
9112 \f
9113 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9114 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20229 34587))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9116 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9117
9118 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9119 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9120 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9121 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9122
9123 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9124
9125 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9126
9127
9128 \(fn)" nil nil)
9129
9130 ;;;***
9131 \f
9132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20237 28610))
9133 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9134 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9135
9136 ;;;***
9137 \f
9138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20229
9139 ;;;;;; 34587))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9141 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9142
9143 ;;;***
9144 \f
9145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20229 34587))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9147 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20229 34587))
9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9153 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9154
9155 ;;;***
9156 \f
9157 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9158 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20229 34587))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9160 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9161
9162 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9163 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9164
9165 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9166
9167 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9168 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9169 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9170
9171 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9172
9173 ;;;***
9174 \f
9175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20229 34587))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9182 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9184
9185 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9186 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9187 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9188
9189 \(fn)" t nil)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20229
9194 ;;;;;; 34587))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9196 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20229 34587))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9202 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9207 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9209
9210 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9211 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9212 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9213
9214 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9215
9216 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9217 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9221
9222 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9223 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9224 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9225 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9226
9227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9228 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9229
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9233 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20229 34587))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9236
9237 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9238 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9239 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9240 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9241
9242 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9243
9244 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9245 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9246 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9247
9248 \(fn)" t nil)
9249
9250 ;;;***
9251 \f
9252 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9253 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9255 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9256
9257 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9258 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9259
9260 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9265 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9266 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20300 47034))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9268
9269 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9270 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9271
9272 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9273 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9274
9275 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9276 assertions in BODY.
9277
9278 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9279
9280 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9281 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9282 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9283
9284 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9285
9286 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9287
9288 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9289
9290 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9291
9292 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9293
9294 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9295 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9296
9297 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9298 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9299 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9300 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9301
9302 Returns the stats object.
9303
9304 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9305
9306 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9307 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9308
9309 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9310 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9311 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9312 the tests).
9313
9314 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9315
9316 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9317 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9318
9319 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9320 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9321 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9322 and how to display message.
9323
9324 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9325
9326 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9327
9328 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9329 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9330
9331 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9332
9333 ;;;***
9334 \f
9335 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9336 ;;;;;; (20270 25925))
9337 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9338
9339 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9340
9341 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9342 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9343
9344 \(fn)" t nil)
9345
9346 ;;;***
9347 \f
9348 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20229
9349 ;;;;;; 34587))
9350 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9351
9352 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9353 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9354
9355 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9356
9357 \(fn)" nil nil)
9358
9359 ;;;***
9360 \f
9361 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9362 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20300 47034))
9363 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9364
9365 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9366 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9367 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9368 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9369 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9370 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9371 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9372 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9373 buffer selected (or created).
9374
9375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9376
9377 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9378 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9379 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9380
9381 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9382
9383 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9384 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9385 The result might be any Lisp object.
9386 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9387 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9388 corresponding to a successful execution.
9389
9390 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9391
9392 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9393
9394 ;;;***
9395 \f
9396 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9397 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9398 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9399 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9400 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9401 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9402 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9403 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
9404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9405
9406 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9407 *File name of tags table.
9408 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9409 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9410 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9411 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9412 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9413
9414 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9415 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9416 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9417 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9418
9419 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9420
9421 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9422 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9423 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9424 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9425 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9426 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9427
9428 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9429
9430 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9431 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9432 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9433 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9434 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9435 `auto-compression-mode').")
9436
9437 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9438
9439 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9440 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9441 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9442 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9443 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9444
9445 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9446
9447 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9448 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9449 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9450 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9451
9452 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9453
9454 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9455 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9456 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9457 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9458 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9459
9460 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9461
9462 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9463 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9464
9465 \(fn)" t nil)
9466
9467 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9468 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9469 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9470 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9471
9472 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9473 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9474 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9475 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9476 file the tag was in.
9477
9478 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9479
9480 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9481 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9482 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9483 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9484 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9485 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9486 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9487 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9488 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9489
9490 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9491
9492 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9493 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9494 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9495 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9496 without directory names.
9497
9498 \(fn)" nil nil)
9499 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9500 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9501 (progn
9502 (load "etags")
9503 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9504
9505 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9506 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9507 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9508 but does not select the buffer.
9509 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9510
9511 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9512 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9513 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9514 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9515 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9516
9517 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9518
9519 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9520 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9521 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9522
9523 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9524
9525 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9526
9527 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9528 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9529 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9530 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9531
9532 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9533 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9534 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9535 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9536 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9537
9538 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9539
9540 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9541 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9542 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9543
9544 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9545
9546 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9547 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9548
9549 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9550 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9551 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9552 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9553 around or before point.
9554
9555 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9556 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9557 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9558 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9559 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9560
9561 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9562
9563 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9564 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9565 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9566
9567 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9568
9569 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9570 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9571
9572 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9573 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9574 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9575 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9576 around or before point.
9577
9578 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9579 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9580 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9581 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9582 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9583
9584 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9585
9586 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9587 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9588 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9589
9590 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9591
9592 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9593 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9594
9595 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9596 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9597 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9598
9599 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9600 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9601 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9602 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9603 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9604
9605 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9606
9607 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9608 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9609 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9610
9611 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9612
9613 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9614 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9615 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9616
9617 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9618 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9619
9620 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9621 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9622 where they were found.
9623
9624 \(fn)" t nil)
9625
9626 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9627 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9628
9629 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9630 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9631 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9632
9633 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9634 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9635
9636 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9637 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9638
9639 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9640
9641 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9642 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9643 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9644 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9645
9646 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9647 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9648 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9649 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9650 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9651
9652 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9653 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9654
9655 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9656 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9657 Stops when a match is found.
9658 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9659
9660 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9661 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9662 restricted to these files.
9663
9664 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9665
9666 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9667
9668 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9669 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9670 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9671 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9672 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9673 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9674 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9675 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9676
9677 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9678 produce the list of files to search.
9679
9680 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9681
9682 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9683
9684 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9685 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9686 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9687 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9688 directory specification.
9689
9690 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9691
9692 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9693 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9694
9695 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9696
9697 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9698 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9699 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9700 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9701
9702 \(fn)" t nil)
9703
9704 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9705 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9706 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9707 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9708 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9709
9710 \(fn)" t nil)
9711
9712 ;;;***
9713 \f
9714 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9715 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9716 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9717 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9718 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9719 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9720 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9721 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
9722 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9723
9724 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9725
9726
9727 \(fn)" nil nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9730 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9731
9732 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9733 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9734
9735 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9736 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9737 primary language.
9738
9739 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9740 even if the buffer is read-only.
9741
9742 See also the descriptions of the variables
9743 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9744
9745 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9748 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9749
9750 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9751 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9752
9753 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9754 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9755 primary language.
9756
9757 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9758 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9759
9760 See also the descriptions of the variables
9761 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9762
9763 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9764
9765 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9766 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9767 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9768 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9769
9770 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9773 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9774 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9775 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9776
9777 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9778 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9779 primary language.
9780
9781 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9782 buffer is read-only.
9783
9784 See also the descriptions of the variables
9785 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9786 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9787
9788 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9789
9790 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9791 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9792
9793 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9794 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9795
9796 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9797 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9798 the primary language.
9799
9800 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9801 buffer is read-only.
9802
9803 See also the descriptions of the variables
9804 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9805 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9806
9807 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9808
9809 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9810 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9811 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9812
9813 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9814
9815 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9816 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9817
9818 \(fn)" t nil)
9819
9820 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9821 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9822
9823 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9824 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9825 be 1, 2, or 3.
9826
9827 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9828 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9829 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9830
9831 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9832
9833 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9834
9835 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9836 This function is deprecated.
9837
9838 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9841 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9842
9843 \(fn)" t nil)
9844
9845 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9846 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9847
9848 \(fn)" t nil)
9849
9850 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9851 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9852
9853 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9854 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9855
9856 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9857 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9858
9859 \(fn)" nil nil)
9860
9861 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9862 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9863
9864 \(fn)" nil nil)
9865
9866 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9867 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9868
9869 \(fn)" nil nil)
9870
9871 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9872 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9873
9874 \(fn)" nil nil)
9875
9876 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9877 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9878 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9879
9880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9881
9882 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9883
9884
9885 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9886
9887 ;;;***
9888 \f
9889 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9890 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9891 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9893
9894 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9895 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9896 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9897 server for future sessions.
9898
9899 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9902 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9903 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9904
9905 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9908 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9909 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9910
9911 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9912
9913 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9914 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9915 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9916 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9917 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9918 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9919 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9920 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9921 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9922 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9923 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9924 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9925
9926 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9929 Display a form to query the directory server.
9930 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9931 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9932
9933 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9934
9935 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9936 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9937 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9938
9939 \(fn)" t nil)
9940
9941 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9942
9943 ;;;***
9944 \f
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9946 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9947 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20229 34587))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9949
9950 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9951 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9952
9953 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9954
9955 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9956 Display URL and make it clickable.
9957
9958 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9961 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9962
9963 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9964
9965 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9966 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9967
9968 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9969
9970 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9971 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9972
9973 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9974
9975 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9976 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9977
9978 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9979
9980 ;;;***
9981 \f
9982 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9983 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20229 34587))
9984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9985
9986 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9987 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9988 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9989
9990 \(fn)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9993 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9994
9995 \(fn)" t nil)
9996
9997 ;;;***
9998 \f
9999 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10000 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10002
10003 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10004 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10005
10006 \(fn)" t nil)
10007
10008 ;;;***
10009 \f
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20300
10011 ;;;;;; 47034))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10013
10014 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10015 Create an empty ewoc.
10016
10017 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10018
10019 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10020 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10021 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10022 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10023 `insert-before-markers'.
10024
10025 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10026 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10027 respectively, of the ewoc.
10028
10029 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10030 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10031 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10032
10033 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10034
10035 ;;;***
10036 \f
10037 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10038 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10039 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10040 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10041 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10042
10043 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10044 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10045 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10046
10047 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10048
10049 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10050 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10051 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10052 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10053 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10054
10055 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10058 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10059 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10060 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10061 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10062 executable.
10063
10064 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10065
10066 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10067 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10068 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10069
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10071
10072 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10073 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10074 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10075 file modes.
10076
10077 \(fn)" nil nil)
10078
10079 ;;;***
10080 \f
10081 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10082 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10083 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10085
10086 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10087 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10088 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10089 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10090
10091 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10092
10093 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10094 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10095 to generate such functions.
10096
10097 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10098 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10099 beginning of the expanded text.
10100
10101 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10102 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10103 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10104 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10105
10106 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10107
10108 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10109
10110 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10111 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10112 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10113
10114 \(fn)" nil nil)
10115
10116 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10117 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10118 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10119
10120 \(fn)" t nil)
10121
10122 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10123 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10124 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10125
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10127 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10128 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10129
10130 ;;;***
10131 \f
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20257 13883))
10133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10134
10135 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10136 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10137 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10138
10139 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10140 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10141 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10142
10143 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10144
10145 Key definitions:
10146 \\{f90-mode-map}
10147
10148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10149
10150 `f90-do-indent'
10151 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10152 `f90-if-indent'
10153 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10154 `f90-type-indent'
10155 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10156 `f90-program-indent'
10157 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10158 (default 2).
10159 `f90-associate-indent'
10160 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10161 `f90-critical-indent'
10162 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10163 `f90-continuation-indent'
10164 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10165 `f90-comment-region'
10166 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10167 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10168 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10169 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10170 (default \"!\").
10171 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10172 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10173 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10174 `f90-break-delimiters'
10175 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10176 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10177 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10178 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10179 (default t).
10180 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10181 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10182 `f90-smart-end'
10183 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10184 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10185 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10186 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10187 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10188 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10189 `f90-leave-line-no'
10190 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10191
10192 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10193 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10194
10195 \(fn)" t nil)
10196
10197 ;;;***
10198 \f
10199 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10200 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10201 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10202 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20273
10203 ;;;;;; 55691))
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10205
10206 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10207 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10208
10209 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10210 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10211
10212 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10213 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10214 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10215 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10216 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10217 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10218 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10219
10220 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10221 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10222 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10223
10224 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10225
10226 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10227 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10228
10229 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10230
10231 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10232 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10233 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10234 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10235 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10236 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10237
10238 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10239
10240 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10241 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10242 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10243
10244 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10245 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10246 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10247 the same amount).
10248
10249 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10250
10251 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10252 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10253 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10254
10255 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10256 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10257 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10258 will remove any scaling currently active.
10259
10260 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10261
10262 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10263 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10264 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10265
10266 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10267 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10268 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10269 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10270 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10271
10272 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10273 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10274
10275 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10276 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10277
10278 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10279 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10280 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10281
10282 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10283 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10284 is one of the above.
10285
10286 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10287 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10288 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10289 will remove any scaling currently active.
10290
10291 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10292 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10293 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10294 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10295 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10296
10297 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10298
10299 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10300 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10301 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10302 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10303 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10304 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10305
10306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10307
10308 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10309 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10310 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10311 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10312 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10313
10314 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10315 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10316
10317 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10318
10319 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10320 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10321 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10322 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10323
10324 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10325 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10326 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10327 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10328
10329 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10330 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10331
10332 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10333
10334 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10335 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10336 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10337 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10338
10339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10340
10341 ;;;***
10342 \f
10343 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10344 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10345 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20300 47034))
10346 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10347
10348 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10349 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10350 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10351 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10352
10353 \(fn)" nil nil)
10354
10355 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10356 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10357
10358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10359
10360 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10361 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10362 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10363 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10364
10365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10366
10367 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10368 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10369 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10370 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10371 backup file names and the like).
10372
10373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10374
10375 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10376 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10377 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10378 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10379 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10380 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10381 internally by feedmail):
10382
10383 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10384 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10385 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10386 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10387
10388 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10389 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10390 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10391 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10392 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10393
10394 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10395
10396 ;;;***
10397 \f
10398 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10399 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20292 53022))
10400 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10401
10402 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10403 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10404 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10405 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10406 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10407 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10408 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10409
10410 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10411
10412 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10413 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10414 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10415 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10416 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10417 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10418 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10419
10420 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10421
10422 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10423
10424 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10425 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10426 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10427 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10428 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10429 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10430
10431 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10434 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10435 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10436 Return value:
10437 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10438 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10439 * otherwise, nil
10440
10441 \(fn E)" t nil)
10442
10443 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10444 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10445 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10446
10447 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10448
10449 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10450 Try to get a file name at point.
10451 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10452
10453 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10454 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10455
10456 \(fn)" t nil)
10457
10458 ;;;***
10459 \f
10460 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10461 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10462 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10463 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20229 34587))
10464 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10465
10466 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10467 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10468 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10469 be added to the cache.
10470
10471 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10472
10473 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10474 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10475 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10476 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10477 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10478
10479 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10480
10481 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10482 Add FILE to the file cache.
10483
10484 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10485
10486 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10487 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10488 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10489
10490 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10491
10492 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10493 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10494 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10495
10496 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10497
10498 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10499 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10500 This function does not use any external programs.
10501 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10502 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10503 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10504
10505 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10508 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10509 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10510 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10511 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10512 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10513 \(directories) is done.
10514
10515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10516
10517 ;;;***
10518 \f
10519 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10520 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10521 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10522 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10523 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20229 34587))
10524 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10525
10526 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10527 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10528
10529 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10530 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10531 Local Variables list.
10532
10533 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10534 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10535 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10536
10537 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10540 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10541
10542 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10545 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10546
10547 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10548 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10549 the -*- line.
10550
10551 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10552 then this function adds it.
10553
10554 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10555
10556 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10557 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10558
10559 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10562 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10563
10564 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10565
10566 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10567 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10568
10569 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10570
10571 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10572 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10573
10574 \(fn)" t nil)
10575
10576 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10577 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10578
10579 \(fn)" t nil)
10580
10581 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10582 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10583
10584 \(fn)" t nil)
10585
10586 ;;;***
10587 \f
10588 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20300
10589 ;;;;;; 47034))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10591
10592 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10593 Filesets initialization.
10594 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10595
10596 \(fn)" nil nil)
10597
10598 ;;;***
10599 \f
10600 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20229 34587))
10601 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10602
10603 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10604 Initiate the building of a find command.
10605 For example:
10606
10607 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10608 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10609 (mtime \"+1\"))
10610 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10611
10612 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10613 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10614
10615 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10616
10617 ;;;***
10618 \f
10619 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10620 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20239 38674))
10621 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10622
10623 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10624 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10625 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10626
10627 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10628
10629 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10630 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10631
10632 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10633
10634 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10635 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10636 and run dired on those files.
10637 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10638 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10639
10640 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10641
10642 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10643
10644 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10645 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10646 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10647
10648 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10649 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10650
10651 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10652 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10653
10654 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10655
10656 ;;;***
10657 \f
10658 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10659 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10660 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10661 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10662
10663 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10664 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10665 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10666 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10667 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10668 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10669 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10670
10671 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10672 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10673 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10674
10675 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10676
10677 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10678
10679 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10680
10681 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10682 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10683 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10684
10685 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10686 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10687
10688 Variables of interest include:
10689
10690 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10691 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10692 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10693
10694 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10695 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10696 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10697
10698 - `ff-ignore-include'
10699 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10700
10701 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10702 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10703
10704 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10705 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10706
10707 - `ff-special-constructs'
10708 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10709 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10710 extracting the filename from that construct.
10711
10712 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10713 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10714
10715 - `ff-search-directories'
10716 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10717 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10718
10719 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10720 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10721
10722 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10723 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10724
10725 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10726 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10727
10728 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10729 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10730
10731 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10732 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10733
10734 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10735
10736 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10737 Visit the file you click on.
10738
10739 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10740
10741 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10742 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10743
10744 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10745
10746 ;;;***
10747 \f
10748 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10749 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10750 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10751 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10752 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10753 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10754 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20229 34587))
10755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10756
10757 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10758 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10759 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10760
10761 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10762
10763 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10764 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10765 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10766 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10767
10768 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10769 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10770 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10771 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10772
10773 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10774
10775 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10776 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10777
10778 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10779 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10780 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10781 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10782
10783 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10784 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10785 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10786
10787 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10788 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10789 in `load-path'.
10790
10791 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10792
10793 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10794 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10795
10796 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10797 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10798 places point before the definition.
10799 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10800
10801 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10802 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10803 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10804
10805 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10806
10807 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10808 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10809
10810 See `find-function' for more details.
10811
10812 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10813
10814 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10815 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10816
10817 See `find-function' for more details.
10818
10819 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10820
10821 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10822 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10823
10824 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10825 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10826 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10827
10828 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10829 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10830
10831 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10834 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10835
10836 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10837 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10838 places point before the definition.
10839
10840 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10841
10842 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10843 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10844 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10845
10846 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10847
10848 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10849 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10850
10851 See `find-variable' for more details.
10852
10853 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10854
10855 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10856 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10857
10858 See `find-variable' for more details.
10859
10860 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10861
10862 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10863 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10864 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10865 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10866 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10867 buffer nor display it.
10868
10869 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10871
10872 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10873
10874 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10875 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10876
10877 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10878 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10879 places point before the definition.
10880
10881 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10882
10883 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10884 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10885 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10886
10887 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10890 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10891 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10892
10893 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10896 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10897
10898 \(fn)" t nil)
10899
10900 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10901 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10902
10903 \(fn)" t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10906 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10907
10908 \(fn)" nil nil)
10909
10910 ;;;***
10911 \f
10912 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10913 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20229 34587))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10915
10916 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10917 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10918
10919 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10922 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10923
10924 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10927 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10928
10929 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10930
10931 ;;;***
10932 \f
10933 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10934 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20229 34587))
10935 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10936
10937 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10938 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10939
10940 \(fn)" t nil)
10941
10942 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10943 Display FILE's commentary section.
10944 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10945
10946 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10947
10948 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10949 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10950
10951 \(fn)" t nil)
10952
10953 ;;;***
10954 \f
10955 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10956 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20229 34587))
10957 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10958
10959 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10960 Toggle flow control handling.
10961 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10962 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10963
10964 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10965
10966 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10967 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10968 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10969 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10970 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10971 to get the effect of a C-q.
10972
10973 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10974
10975 ;;;***
10976 \f
10977 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10978 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
10979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10980
10981 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10982
10983
10984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10985
10986 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10987
10988
10989 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10990
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
10994 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20273 55692))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10996
10997 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10998 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
10999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11000 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11001 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11002
11003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11004
11005 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11006 Turn flymake mode on.
11007
11008 \(fn)" nil nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11011 Turn flymake mode off.
11012
11013 \(fn)" nil nil)
11014
11015 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11016
11017
11018 \(fn)" nil nil)
11019
11020 ;;;***
11021 \f
11022 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11023 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11024 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20229 34587))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11026
11027 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11028 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11029
11030 \(fn)" t nil)
11031 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11032
11033 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11034 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11038
11039 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11040 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11041 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11042
11043 Bindings:
11044 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11045 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11046 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11047 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11048
11049 Hooks:
11050 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11051
11052 Remark:
11053 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11054 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11055 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11056
11057 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11058 consider adding:
11059 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11060 in your .emacs file.
11061
11062 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11063 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11064
11065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11066
11067 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11068 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11069
11070 \(fn)" nil nil)
11071
11072 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11073 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11074
11075 \(fn)" nil nil)
11076
11077 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11078 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11079
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11081
11082 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11083 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11084
11085 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11086
11087 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11088 Flyspell whole buffer.
11089
11090 \(fn)" t nil)
11091
11092 ;;;***
11093 \f
11094 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11095 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11096 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11098
11099 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11100 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11101
11102 \(fn)" nil nil)
11103
11104 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11105 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11106
11107 \(fn)" nil nil)
11108
11109 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11110 Toggle Follow mode.
11111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11112 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11113 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11114
11115 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11116 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11117
11118 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11119 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11120 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11121
11122 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11123 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11124 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11125 movement commands.
11126
11127 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11128 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11129 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11130 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11131 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11132 mileage may vary).
11133
11134 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11135 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11136
11137 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11138
11139 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11140 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11141 \(This is the default.)
11142
11143 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11144
11145 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11146 \\{follow-mode-map}
11147
11148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11149
11150 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11151 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11152
11153 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11154 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11155 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11156 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11157 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11158 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11159
11160 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11161 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11162 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11163
11164 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11165 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favorite key:
11166 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11167
11168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11169
11170 ;;;***
11171 \f
11172 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20229
11173 ;;;;;; 34587))
11174 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11175
11176 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11177 Toggle Footnote mode.
11178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11179 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11180 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11181
11182 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11183 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11184 play around with the following keys:
11185 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11186
11187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11188
11189 ;;;***
11190 \f
11191 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11192 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20229 34587))
11193 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11194
11195 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11196 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11197
11198 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11199 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11200 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11201 C-c < forms-first-record <
11202 C-c > forms-last-record >
11203 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11204 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11205 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11206 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11207 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11208 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11209 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11210 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11211 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11212 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11213
11214 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11215
11216 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11217 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11218
11219 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11220
11221 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11222 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11223
11224 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11225
11226 ;;;***
11227 \f
11228 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11229 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11231
11232 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11233 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11234 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11235
11236 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11237 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11238
11239 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11240
11241 Key definitions:
11242 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11243
11244 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11245
11246 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11247 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11248 `fortran-do-indent'
11249 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11250 `fortran-if-indent'
11251 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11252 `fortran-structure-indent'
11253 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11254 (default 3)
11255 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11256 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11257 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11258 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11259 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11260 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11261 nil don't change the indentation
11262 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11263 value of either
11264 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11265 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11266 depending on the continuation format in use.
11267 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11268 indentation for a line of code.
11269 (default 'fixed)
11270 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11271 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11272 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11273 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11274 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11275 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11276 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11277 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11278 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11279 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11280 column 5.
11281 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11282 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11283 statements (default nil).
11284 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11285 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11286 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11287 `fortran-continuation-string'
11288 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11289 line (default \"$\").
11290 `fortran-comment-region'
11291 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11292 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11293 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11294 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11295 as typed (default t).
11296 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11297 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11298
11299 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11300 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11301
11302 \(fn)" t nil)
11303
11304 ;;;***
11305 \f
11306 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11307 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20229 34587))
11308 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11309
11310 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11311 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11312
11313 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11314 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11315
11316 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11317
11318 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11319 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11320
11321 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11322 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11323
11324 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11325
11326 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11327 Compile fortune file.
11328
11329 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11330 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11331
11332 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11333
11334 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11335 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11336
11337 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11338 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11339 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11340 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11341
11342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11343
11344 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11345 Display a fortune cookie.
11346 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11347 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11348 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11349 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11350
11351 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11352
11353 ;;;***
11354 \f
11355 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11356 ;;;;;; (20298 5305))
11357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11358
11359 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11360 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11361
11362 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
11363
11364 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11365 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11366 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11367 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11368
11369 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11370 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11371 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11372 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11373 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11374
11375 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11376 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11377 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11378 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11379
11380 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11381 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11382 shown in some of the buffers.
11383
11384 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11385
11386 The following commands help control operation :
11387
11388 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11389 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11390
11391 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11392 detailed description of this mode.
11393
11394
11395 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11396 | GDB Toolbar |
11397 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11398 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11399 | | |
11400 | | |
11401 | | |
11402 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11403 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11404 | | (comint-mode) |
11405 | | |
11406 | | |
11407 | | |
11408 | | |
11409 | | |
11410 | | |
11411 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11412 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11413 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11414 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11415 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11416 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11417
11418 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11419
11420 ;;;***
11421 \f
11422 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11423 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20229
11424 ;;;;;; 34587))
11425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11426
11427 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11428 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11429 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11430 instead (which see).")
11431
11432 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11433 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11434
11435 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11436 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11437 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11438 documentation string instead.
11439
11440 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11441 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11442 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11443 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11444 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11445 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11446 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11447 enders are actually possible.
11448
11449 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11450 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11451
11452 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11453 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11454 `font-lock-keywords'.
11455
11456 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11457 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11458 runs the macro expansion.
11459
11460 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11461 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11462 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11463
11464 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11465
11466 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11467
11468 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11469
11470 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11471 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11472
11473 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11474
11475 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11476 Enter generic mode MODE.
11477
11478 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11479 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11480 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11481
11482 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11483 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11484
11485 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11486
11487 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11488 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11489 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11490 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11491 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11492 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11493 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11494 `font-lock-keywords'.
11495
11496 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11497
11498 ;;;***
11499 \f
11500 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11501 ;;;;;; (20273 55692))
11502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11503
11504 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11505 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11507 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11508 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11509 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11510
11511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11512
11513 ;;;***
11514 \f
11515 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11516 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11517 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11519
11520 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11521 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11522 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11523
11524 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11525
11526 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11527 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11528
11529 Guideline for numbers:
11530 1 - error messages
11531 3 - non-serious error messages
11532 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11533 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11534 9 - messages inside loops.
11535
11536 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11537
11538 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11539 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11540 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11541
11542 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11543
11544 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11545 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11546
11547 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11548
11549 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11550 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11551
11552 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11553 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11554 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11555 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11556 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11557 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11558
11559 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11560 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11561 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11562 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11563 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11564
11565 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11566
11567 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11568
11569 ;;;***
11570 \f
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11572 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20276 33121))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11574 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11575 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11576
11577 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11578 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11579
11580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11581
11582 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11583 Read network news.
11584 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11585 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11586 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11587 name of an NNTP server to use.
11588 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11589 server.
11590
11591 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11592
11593 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11594 Read news as a slave.
11595
11596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11597
11598 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11599 Pop up a frame to read news.
11600 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11601 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11602 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11603 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11604 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11605 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11606 current display is used.
11607
11608 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11609
11610 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11611 Read network news.
11612 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11613 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11614 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11615
11616 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11617
11618 ;;;***
11619 \f
11620 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11621 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11622 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11623 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11624 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11625 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20300 47034))
11626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11627
11628 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11629 Start Gnus unplugged.
11630
11631 \(fn)" t nil)
11632
11633 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11634 Start Gnus plugged.
11635
11636 \(fn)" t nil)
11637
11638 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11639 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11640
11641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11642
11643 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11644 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11645
11646 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11647 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11648 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11649
11650 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11651 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11652 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11653
11654 \(fn)" t nil)
11655
11656 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11657 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11658
11659 \(fn)" nil nil)
11660
11661 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11662 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11663 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11664 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11665 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11666 supported.
11667
11668 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11669
11670 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11671 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11672 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11673 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11674 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11675 supported.
11676
11677 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11678
11679 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11680 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11681
11682 \(fn)" nil nil)
11683
11684 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11685 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11686 downloaded into the agent.
11687
11688 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11689
11690 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11691 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11692 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11693 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11694
11695 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11696
11697 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11698 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11699
11700 \(fn)" t nil)
11701
11702 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11703 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11704
11705 \(fn)" t nil)
11706
11707 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11708 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11709 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11710
11711 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11712
11713 ;;;***
11714 \f
11715 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11716 ;;;;;; (20280 61753))
11717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11718
11719 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11720 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11721
11722 \(fn)" nil nil)
11723
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11727 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20229 34587))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11729
11730 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11731 Set a bookmark for this article.
11732
11733 \(fn)" t nil)
11734
11735 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11736 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11737
11738 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11739
11740 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11741 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11742 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11743 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11744 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11745
11746 \(fn)" t nil)
11747
11748 ;;;***
11749 \f
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11751 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11752 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20229
11753 ;;;;;; 34587))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11755
11756 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11757 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11758
11759 Usage:
11760 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11761
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11765 Generate the cache active file.
11766
11767 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11770 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11771
11772 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11773
11774 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11775 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11776 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11777 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11778 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11779 supported.
11780
11781 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11782
11783 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11784 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11785 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11786 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11787 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11788 supported.
11789
11790 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11791
11792 ;;;***
11793 \f
11794 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11795 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20229 34587))
11796 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11799 Delay this article by some time.
11800 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11801
11802 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11803 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11804
11805 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11806 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11807
11808 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11809 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11810
11811 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11812
11813 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11814 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11815
11816 \(fn)" t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11819 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11820 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11821 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11822
11823 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11824 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11825
11826 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11827
11828 ;;;***
11829 \f
11830 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11831 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20229 34587))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11835
11836
11837 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11840
11841
11842 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11843
11844 ;;;***
11845 \f
11846 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11847 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11849
11850 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11851 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11852
11853 \(fn)" t nil)
11854
11855 ;;;***
11856 \f
11857 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11858 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11862 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11863
11864 \(fn)" t nil)
11865
11866 ;;;***
11867 \f
11868 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11869 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11870 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20229
11871 ;;;;;; 34587))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11873
11874 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11875 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11876
11877 \(fn)" t nil)
11878
11879 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11880 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11881
11882 \(fn)" t nil)
11883
11884 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11885 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11886
11887 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11888 different input formats.
11889
11890 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11891
11892 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11893 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11894
11895 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11896 different input formats.
11897
11898 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11899
11900 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11901 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11902 The PNG is returned as a string.
11903
11904 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11905
11906 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11907 Convert FILE to a Face.
11908 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11909 726 bytes.
11910
11911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11912
11913 ;;;***
11914 \f
11915 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11916 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20229 34587))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11918
11919 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11920 Display gravatar in the From header.
11921 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11922
11923 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11924
11925 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11926 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11927 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11928
11929 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11930
11931 ;;;***
11932 \f
11933 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11934 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20266 28861))
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11936
11937 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11938 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11939 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11940 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11941
11942 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11943
11944 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11945 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11946
11947 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11948
11949 ;;;***
11950 \f
11951 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11952 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20273 55604))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11954
11955 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11956
11957
11958 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11959
11960 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11961
11962
11963 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11964
11965 ;;;***
11966 \f
11967 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11968 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11969 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11970
11971 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11972
11973 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11974 Run batched scoring.
11975 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11976
11977 \(fn)" t nil)
11978
11979 ;;;***
11980 \f
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11982 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11983 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11985
11986 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11987
11988
11989 \(fn)" nil nil)
11990
11991 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11992 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11993 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11994
11995 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11996
11997 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11998 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11999
12000 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12001
12002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12003
12004 ;;;***
12005 \f
12006 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12007 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12008 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
12009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12010
12011 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12012 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12013 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12014 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12015 group parameters.
12016
12017 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12018 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12019 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12020 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12021
12022 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12023 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12024 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12025 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12026 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12027 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12028 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12029 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12030 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12031 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12032
12033 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12034
12035 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12036 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12037 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12038 nil CATCH-ALL).
12039
12040 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12041 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12042
12043 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12044
12045 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12046 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12047 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12048
12049 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12050
12051 \(fn)" nil nil)
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12054 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12055 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12056
12057 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12058
12059 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12060 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12061 existing groups are considered.
12062
12063 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12064 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12065 returned.
12066
12067 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12068 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12069 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12070 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12071 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12072 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12073 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12074 clauses will be generated.
12075
12076 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12077 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12078 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12079 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12080 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12081 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12082
12083 For example, given the following group parameters:
12084
12085 nnml:mail.bar:
12086 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12087 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12088 nnml:mail.foo:
12089 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12090 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12091 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12092 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12093 nnml:mail.others:
12094 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12095
12096 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12097
12098 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12099 \"mail.bar\")
12100 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12101 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12102 \"mail.others\")
12103
12104 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12105
12106 ;;;***
12107 \f
12108 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12109 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20290 11197))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12113 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12114 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12115 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12116 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12117 instead.
12118
12119 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12120
12121 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12122 Mail to ADDRESS.
12123
12124 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12125
12126 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12127 Like `message-reply'.
12128
12129 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12130
12131 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12132
12133 ;;;***
12134 \f
12135 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12136 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12139
12140 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12141 Display picons in the From header.
12142 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12143
12144 \(fn)" t nil)
12145
12146 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12147 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12148 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12149
12150 \(fn)" t nil)
12151
12152 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12153 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12154 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12155
12156 \(fn)" t nil)
12157
12158 ;;;***
12159 \f
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12161 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12162 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12163 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12164 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20229 34587))
12165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12166
12167 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12168 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12169 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12170 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12171
12172 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12175 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12176 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12177 LIST1 is modified.
12178
12179 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12180
12181 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12182 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12183 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12184
12185 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12186
12187 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12188
12189
12190 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12191
12192 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12193 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12194 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12195
12196 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12197
12198 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12199 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12200 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12201
12202 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12203
12204 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12205
12206 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12207 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12208 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12209
12210 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12211
12212 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12213 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12214 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12215
12216 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12217
12218 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12219 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12220 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12221
12222 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12223
12224 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12225 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12226
12227 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12228
12229 ;;;***
12230 \f
12231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12232 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20279 40897))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12234
12235 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12236 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12237
12238 \(fn)" t nil)
12239
12240 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12241 Install the registry hooks.
12242
12243 \(fn)" t nil)
12244
12245 ;;;***
12246 \f
12247 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12248 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20229
12249 ;;;;;; 34587))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12251
12252 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12253 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12254 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12255 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12256 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12257 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12258
12259 \(fn)" t nil)
12260
12261 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12262 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12263 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12264 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12265 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12266
12267 \(fn)" t nil)
12268
12269 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12270
12271
12272 \(fn)" t nil)
12273
12274 ;;;***
12275 \f
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12277 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12279
12280 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12281 Update the format specification near point.
12282
12283 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12284
12285 ;;;***
12286 \f
12287 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12288 ;;;;;; (20286 14149))
12289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12290
12291 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12292 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12293
12294 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12295
12296 ;;;***
12297 \f
12298 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12299 ;;;;;; (20291 32066))
12300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12301
12302 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12303 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12304 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12305
12306 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12307
12308 ;;;***
12309 \f
12310 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12311 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20229 34587))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12313
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12315 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12316
12317 \(fn)" t nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12320 Install the sync hooks.
12321
12322 \(fn)" t nil)
12323
12324 ;;;***
12325 \f
12326 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12327 ;;;;;; (20232 10689))
12328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12331 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12332
12333 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12334
12335 ;;;***
12336 \f
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12338 ;;;;;; (20286 55781))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12340
12341 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil "\
12342 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12343
12344 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12345 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12346 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12347
12348 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12349
12350 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12351
12352 ;;;***
12353 \f
12354 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20300 47034))
12355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12356
12357 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12358 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12359
12360 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12361 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12362 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12363
12364 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12365 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12366 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12367
12368 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12369 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12370
12371 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12372 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12373
12374 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12375
12376 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12377
12378 ;;;***
12379 \f
12380 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12381 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20273
12382 ;;;;;; 55692))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12384
12385 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12386
12387 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12388 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12389 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12390 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12391 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12392
12393 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12394
12395 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12396 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12397 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12398 or to send e-mail.
12399 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12400 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12401
12402 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12403 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12404
12405 \(fn)" t nil)
12406 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12407
12408 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12409 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12411 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12412 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12413
12414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12415
12416 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12417 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12418
12419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12420
12421 ;;;***
12422 \f
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12424 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20279 40897))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12426
12427 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12428 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12429 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12430
12431 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12432
12433 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12434 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12435
12436 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12437
12438 ;;;***
12439 \f
12440 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12441 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12442 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20255 25045))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12444
12445 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12446 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12447
12448 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12449
12450 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12451 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12452 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12453 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12454 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12455
12456 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12457 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12458 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12459
12460 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12461
12462 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12463 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12464 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12465 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12466 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12467
12468 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12469
12470 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12471 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12472
12473 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12474
12475 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12476 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12477
12478 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12479 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12480 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12481
12482 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12483 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12484 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12485
12486 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12487 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12488 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12489 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12490
12491 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12492 How to invoke find and grep.
12493 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12494 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12495 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12496 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12497
12498 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12499
12500 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12501 History list for grep.")
12502
12503 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12504 History list for grep-find.")
12505
12506 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12507 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12508 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12509
12510 \(fn)" nil nil)
12511
12512 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12513
12514
12515 \(fn)" nil nil)
12516
12517 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12518 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12519
12520 \(fn)" nil nil)
12521
12522 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12523 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12524 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12525 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12526 found matches.
12527
12528 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12529 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12530
12531 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12532 can easily repeat a grep command.
12533
12534 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12535 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12536 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12537 list is empty).
12538
12539 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12540
12541 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12542 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12543 Collect output in a buffer.
12544 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12545 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12546
12547 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12548 easily repeat a find command.
12549
12550 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12551
12552 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12553
12554 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12555 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12556 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12557 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12558 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12559
12560 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12561 before it is executed.
12562 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12563
12564 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12565 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12566 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12567
12568 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12569
12570 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12571
12572 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12573 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12574 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12575 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12576 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12577
12578 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12579 before it is executed.
12580 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12581
12582 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12583 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12584 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12585
12586 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12587
12588 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12589 to specify a command to run.
12590
12591 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12592
12593 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12594 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12595 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12596 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12597
12598 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12599
12600 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12601
12602 ;;;***
12603 \f
12604 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20229 34587))
12605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12606
12607 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12608 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12609 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12610 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12611 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12612
12613 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12618 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20270 25925))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12620
12621 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12622 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12623 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12624 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12625
12626 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12627
12628 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12629 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12630 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12631 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12632
12633 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12634
12635 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12636 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12637 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12638 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12639
12640 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12641
12642 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12643 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12644 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12645 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12646
12647 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12648 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12649
12650 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12651
12652 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12653 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12654 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12655 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12656
12657 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12658
12659 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12660 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12661 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12662 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12663
12664 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12665
12666 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12667 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12668 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12669 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12670 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12671
12672 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12673 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12674 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12675 original source file access method.
12676
12677 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12678 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12679
12680 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12681
12682 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12683 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12684
12685 \(fn)" t nil)
12686
12687 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12688 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12689 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12692 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12693
12694 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12695
12696 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12697 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12700 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12701
12702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12703
12704 ;;;***
12705 \f
12706 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20300
12707 ;;;;;; 47034))
12708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12709
12710 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12711 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12712 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12713 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12714
12715 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12716 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12717 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12718 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12719
12720 \(fn)" t nil)
12721
12722 ;;;***
12723 \f
12724 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12725 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12726 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12727
12728 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12729 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12730
12731 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12734 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12735 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12736 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12737
12738 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12739
12740 \(fn)" t nil)
12741
12742 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12743 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12744 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12745 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12746 to be updated.
12747
12748 \(fn)" t nil)
12749
12750 ;;;***
12751 \f
12752 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12753 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12754 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20229 34587))
12755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12756
12757 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12758 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12759
12760 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12761
12762 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12763 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12764 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12765
12766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12767
12768 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12769 Verify a hashcash payment
12770
12771 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12772
12773 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12774 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12775 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12776 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12777 `mail-add-payment-async').
12778
12779 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12780
12781 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12782 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12783 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12784 Calculation is asynchronous.
12785
12786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12787
12788 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12789 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12790 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12791
12792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12793
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12797 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12798 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12799 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20229 34587))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12801
12802 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12803 Return the help-echo string at point.
12804 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12805 property, or nil, is returned.
12806 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12807 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12808 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12809
12810 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12811
12812 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12813 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12814 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12815 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12816 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12817
12818 \(fn)" nil nil)
12819
12820 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12821 Display local help in the echo area.
12822 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12823 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12824 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12825 printed instead.
12826
12827 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12828 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12829 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12830
12831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12834 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12835 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12836
12837 \(fn)" t nil)
12838
12839 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12840 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12841 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12842
12843 \(fn)" t nil)
12844
12845 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12846 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12847 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12848 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12849 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12850 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12851 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12852 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12853 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12854 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12855 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12856
12857 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12858 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12859 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12860 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12861 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12862
12863 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12864 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12865 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12866 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12867 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12868 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12869 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12870 The default is `never'.")
12871
12872 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12873
12874 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12875 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12876 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12877 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12878 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12879 considered different regions.
12880
12881 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12882 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12883 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12884 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12885 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12886 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12887 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12888 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12889 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12890
12891 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12892
12893 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12894 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12895 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12896 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12897 different regions.
12898
12899 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12900 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12901 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12902 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12903 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12904 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12905 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12906 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12907
12908 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12909 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12910 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12911 rarely happens in practice.
12912
12913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12914
12915 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12916 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12917 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12918 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12919 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12920 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12921
12922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12923
12924 ;;;***
12925 \f
12926 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12927 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12928 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12929 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20298 5305))
12930 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12931
12932 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12933 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12934
12935 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12936
12937 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12938 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12939 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12940
12941 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12942
12943 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12944 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12945 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12946 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12947 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12948 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12949 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12950 search for a function definition.
12951
12952 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12953 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12954 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12955 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12956 suitable file is found, return nil.
12957
12958 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12959
12960 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12961
12962
12963 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12964
12965 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12966 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12967 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12968 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12969
12970 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12971
12972 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12973 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12974 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12975 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12976 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12977 it is displayed along with the global value.
12978
12979 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12980
12981 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12982 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12983 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12984 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12985
12986 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12987
12988 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12989 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12990 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12991 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12992 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12993
12994 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12995
12996 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12997 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12998
12999 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13000
13001 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13002 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13003
13004 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13005
13006 ;;;***
13007 \f
13008 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13009 ;;;;;; (20249 19777))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13011
13012 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13013 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13014 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13015 window listing and describing the options.
13016 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13017 gives the window that lists the options.")
13018
13019 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13020
13021 ;;;***
13022 \f
13023 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13024 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
13025 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20229
13026 ;;;;;; 34587))
13027 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13028
13029 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13030 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13031 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13032 Commands:
13033 \\{help-mode-map}
13034
13035 \(fn)" t nil)
13036
13037 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13038
13039
13040 \(fn)" nil nil)
13041
13042 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13043
13044
13045 \(fn)" nil nil)
13046
13047 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13048 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13049
13050 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13051 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13052 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13053 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13054
13055 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13056 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13057 restore it properly when going back.
13058
13059 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13060
13061 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13062 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13063 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13064 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13065 from `help-mode'.
13066 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13067 it does not already exist.
13068
13069 \(fn)" nil nil)
13070
13071 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13072 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13073
13074 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13075 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13076 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13077 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13078 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13079 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13080 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13081 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13082
13083 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13084 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13085 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13086 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13087
13088 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13089 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13090 that.
13091
13092 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13093
13094 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13095 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13096 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13097 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13098 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13099 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13100
13101 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13102
13103 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13104 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13105 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13106 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13107 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13108
13109 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13110
13111 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13112 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13113
13114 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13115
13116 ;;;***
13117 \f
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13119 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20229 34587))
13120 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13121
13122 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13123 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13124
13125 \(fn)" t nil)
13126
13127 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13128 Provide help for current mode.
13129
13130 \(fn)" t nil)
13131
13132 ;;;***
13133 \f
13134 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13135 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20229 34587))
13136 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13137
13138 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13139 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13140 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13141 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13142 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13143
13144 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13145 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13146
13147 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13148 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13149 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13150 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13151
13152 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13153 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13154 periods.
13155
13156 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13157 in hexl format.
13158
13159 A sample format:
13160
13161 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13162 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13163 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13164 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13165 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13166 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13167 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13168 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13169 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13170 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13171 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13172 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13173 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13174 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13175 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13176
13177 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13178 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13179 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13180
13181 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13182 also supported.
13183
13184 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13185
13186 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13187 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13188 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13189
13190 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13191 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13192 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13193
13194 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13195 into the buffer at the current point.
13196
13197 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13198 into the buffer at the current point.
13199
13200 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13201 into the buffer at the current point.
13202
13203 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13204
13205 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13206 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13207
13208 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13209
13210 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13211
13212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13213
13214 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13215 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13216 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13217 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13218
13219 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13220
13221 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13222 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13223 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13224
13225 \(fn)" t nil)
13226
13227 ;;;***
13228 \f
13229 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13230 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13231 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13232 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
13233 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13234
13235 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13236 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13237 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13238 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13239 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13240
13241 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13242 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13243 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13244 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13245 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13246 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13247
13248 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13249 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13250
13251 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13252 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13253 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13254 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13255
13256 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13257 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13258
13259 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13260 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13261
13262 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13263 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13264 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13265 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13266 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13267 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13268 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13269 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13270 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13271 function returns t.
13272
13273 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13274 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13275
13276 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13277 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13278 form:
13279 Hi-lock: FOO
13280 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13281 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13282 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13283 Patterns will be read until
13284 Hi-lock: end
13285 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13286
13287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13288
13289 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13290 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13291 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13292 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13293 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13294 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13295
13296 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13297
13298 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13299 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13300 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13301 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13302 ARG is omitted or nil.
13303
13304 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13305 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13306 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13307
13308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13309
13310 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13311
13312 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13313 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13314
13315 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13316 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13317 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13318 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13319 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13320
13321 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13322
13323 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13324
13325 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13326 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13327
13328 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13329 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13330 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13331 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13332 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13333
13334 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13335
13336 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13337
13338 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13339 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13340
13341 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13342 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13343
13344 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13345
13346 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13347
13348 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13349 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13350
13351 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13352 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13353 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13354 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13355 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13356
13357 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13358
13359 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13360 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13361
13362 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13363 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13364 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13365
13366 \(fn)" t nil)
13367
13368 ;;;***
13369 \f
13370 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13371 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13373
13374 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13375 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13376 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13377 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13378 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13379
13380 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13381 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13382 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13383 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13384
13385 `hide-ifdef-env'
13386 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13387 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13388 is used.
13389
13390 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13391 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13392 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13393 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13394 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13395
13396 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13397 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13398 #endif lines when hiding.
13399
13400 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13401 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13402 is activated.
13403
13404 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13405 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13406 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13407
13408 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13409
13410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13411
13412 ;;;***
13413 \f
13414 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13415 ;;;;;; (20273 55692))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13417
13418 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13419 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13420 Each element has the form
13421 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13422
13423 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13424 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13425
13426 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13427 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13428
13429 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13430 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13431 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13432 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13433 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13434 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13435
13436 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13437 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13438
13439 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13440 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13441
13442 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13443 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13444 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13445
13446 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13447 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13448 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13449 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13450 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13451
13452 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13453 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13454 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13455
13456 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13457 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13458 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13459
13460 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13461 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13462
13463 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13464
13465 Key bindings:
13466 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13467
13468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469
13470 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13471 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13472
13473 \(fn)" nil nil)
13474
13475 ;;;***
13476 \f
13477 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13478 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13479 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13480 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13481 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20229
13482 ;;;;;; 34587))
13483 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13484
13485 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13486 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13487 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13488 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13489 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13490
13491 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13492 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13493 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13494 this on and off.
13495
13496 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13497 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13498 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13499 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13500 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13501 through various faces.
13502 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13503 buffer with the contents of a file
13504 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13505
13506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13507
13508 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13509 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13511 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13512 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13513
13514 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13515 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13516 in a distinctive face.
13517
13518 The default value can be customized with variable
13519 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13520
13521 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13522
13523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13524
13525 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13526 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13527 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13528
13529 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13530
13531 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13532 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13533
13534 \(fn)" t nil)
13535
13536 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13537 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13538
13539 \(fn)" t nil)
13540
13541 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13542 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13543
13544 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13545 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13546 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13547 shown in the last face in the list.
13548
13549 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13550 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13551 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13552
13553 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13554
13555 \(fn)" t nil)
13556
13557 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13558 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13559
13560 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13561
13562 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13563 to save the file.
13564
13565 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13566 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13567
13568 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13569 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13570 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13571
13572 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13573
13574 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13575 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13576
13577 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13578 this function is called interactively.
13579
13580 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13581 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13582 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13583
13584 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13585 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13586 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13587
13588 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13589
13590 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13591 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13592 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13595 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13596
13597 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13598
13599 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13600 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13601 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13602 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13603 ARG is omitted or nil.
13604
13605 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13606 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13607 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13608
13609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13610
13611 ;;;***
13612 \f
13613 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13614 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13615 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13616 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13617 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20229 34587))
13618 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13619
13620 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13621 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13622 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13623 or insert functions in this list.")
13624
13625 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13626
13627 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13628 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13629
13630 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13631
13632 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13633 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13634
13635 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13636
13637 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13638 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13639
13640 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13641
13642 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13643 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13644
13645 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13646
13647 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13648 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13649 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13650
13651 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13652
13653 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13654 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13655 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13656 \(as atoms)")
13657
13658 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13659
13660 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13661 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13662 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13663 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13664 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13665
13666 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13667
13668 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13669 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13670 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13671 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13672 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13673 expansions.
13674 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13675 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13676 undoes the expansion.
13677
13678 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13679
13680 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13681 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13682 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13683 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13684
13685 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13686
13687 ;;;***
13688 \f
13689 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13690 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
13691 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13692
13693 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13694 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13697 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13698
13699 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13700 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13701 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13702 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13703 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13704 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13705
13706 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13707 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13708 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13709 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13710
13711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13712
13713 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13714 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13715 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13718 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13719
13720 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13721
13722 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13723 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13725 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13726 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13727
13728 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13729 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13730 windows.
13731
13732 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13733 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13734
13735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13736
13737 ;;;***
13738 \f
13739 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13740 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13741 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13742 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13743 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20287 5356))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13745
13746 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13747
13748 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13749 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13750 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13751
13752 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13753
13754 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13755
13756 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13757
13758 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13759 Oriental holidays.
13760 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13761
13762 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13763
13764 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13765
13766 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13767
13768 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13769 Local holidays.
13770 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13771
13772 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13773
13774 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13775
13776 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13777
13778 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13779 User defined holidays.
13780 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13781
13782 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13783
13784 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13785
13786 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13787 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13788
13789 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13790
13791 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13792 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13793
13794 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13795
13796 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13797 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13798
13799 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13800
13801 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13802 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13803
13804 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13805
13806 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13807
13808 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13809 Jewish holidays.
13810 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13811
13812 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13813
13814 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13815
13816 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13817
13818 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13819 Christian holidays.
13820 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13821
13822 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13823
13824 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13825
13826 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13827
13828 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13829 Islamic holidays.
13830 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13831
13832 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13833
13834 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13835
13836 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13837
13838 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
13839 Bahá'í holidays.
13840 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13841
13842 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13843
13844 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13845
13846 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13847
13848 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13849 Sun-related holidays.
13850 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13851
13852 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13853
13854 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13855
13856 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13857
13858 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13859 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13860 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13861 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13862
13863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13864
13865 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13866 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13867 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13868 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13869 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13870
13871 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13872 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13873
13874 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13875 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13876
13877 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13878 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13879 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13880 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13881 of a holiday list.
13882
13883 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13884
13885 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13886
13887 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13888
13889 ;;;***
13890 \f
13891 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20229
13892 ;;;;;; 34587))
13893 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13894
13895 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13896 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13897
13898 \(fn)" t nil)
13899
13900 ;;;***
13901 \f
13902 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13903 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20300 47034))
13904 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13905
13906 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13907 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13908 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13909 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13910 as possible.
13911
13912 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13913 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13914 fontified display.
13915
13916 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13917 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13918
13919 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13920 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13921 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13922
13923 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13924
13925 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13926 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13927 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13928
13929 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13930
13931 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13932
13933 ;;;***
13934 \f
13935 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13936 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20229
13937 ;;;;;; 34587))
13938 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13939
13940 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13941 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13942
13943 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13944 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13945 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13946
13947 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13948 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13949 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13950 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13951 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13952 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13953
13954 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13955 title of the column.
13956
13957 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13958 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13959 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13960 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13961 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13962
13963 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13964
13965 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13966
13967 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13968 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13969 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13970 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13971 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13972
13973 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13974 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13975 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13976
13977 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13978
13979 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13980
13981 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13982 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13983 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13984 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13985 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13986 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13987
13988 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13989 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13990 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13991 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13992 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13993 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13994 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13995 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13996 values are:
13997 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13998 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13999 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14000 buffer's modification flag.
14001 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14002 prompted before performing this operation.
14003 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14004 operation is complete, in the form:
14005 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14006 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14007 confirmation message, in the form:
14008 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14009 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14010 macro for exactly what it does.
14011
14012 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14013
14014 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14015
14016 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14017 Define a filter named NAME.
14018 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14019 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14020 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14021
14022 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14023 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14024 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14025 bound to the current value of the filter.
14026
14027 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14028
14029 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14030
14031 ;;;***
14032 \f
14033 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14034 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20232 10689))
14035 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14036
14037 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14038 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14039 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14040 buffers which are visiting a file.
14041
14042 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14043
14044 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14045 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14046 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14047 buffers which are visiting a file.
14048
14049 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14050
14051 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14052 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14053 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14054
14055 All arguments are optional.
14056 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14057 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14058 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14059 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14060 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14061 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14062 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14063 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14064 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14065 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14066 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14067 that value locally in this buffer.
14068
14069 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14070
14071 ;;;***
14072 \f
14073 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14074 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14075 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20229 34587))
14076 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14077
14078 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14079 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14080 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14081 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14082
14083 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14084
14085 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14086 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14087 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14088 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14089 ICAL-FILENAME.
14090 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14091 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14092 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14093
14094 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14095
14096 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14097 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14098 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14099 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14100 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14101 non-marking or not.
14102
14103 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14104
14105 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14106 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14107
14108 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14109 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14110 DIARY-FILE.
14111
14112 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14113 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14114 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14115
14116 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14117 non-marking.
14118
14119 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14120 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14121 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14122
14123 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14124
14125 ;;;***
14126 \f
14127 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20294
14128 ;;;;;; 38748))
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14130
14131 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14132 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14133 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14136 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14137
14138 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14139
14140 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14141 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14143 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14144 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14145
14146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14147
14148 ;;;***
14149 \f
14150 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20229 34587))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14152
14153 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14154 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14155 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14156 Tab indents for Icon code.
14157 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14158 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14159 \\{icon-mode-map}
14160 Variables controlling indentation style:
14161 icon-tab-always-indent
14162 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14163 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14164 icon-auto-newline
14165 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14166 inserted in Icon code.
14167 icon-indent-level
14168 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14169 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14170 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14171 icon-continued-statement-offset
14172 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14173 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14174 icon-continued-brace-offset
14175 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14176 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14177 icon-brace-offset
14178 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14179 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14180 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14181 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14182
14183 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14184 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14185
14186 \(fn)" t nil)
14187
14188 ;;;***
14189 \f
14190 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14191 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
14192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14193
14194 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14195 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14196 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14197 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14198
14199 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14200 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14201 separate frames.
14202
14203 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14204 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14205
14206 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14207 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14208 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14209
14210 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14211
14212 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14213
14214 ;;;***
14215 \f
14216 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14217 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
14218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14219
14220 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14221 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14222
14223 The main features of this mode are
14224
14225 1. Indentation and Formatting
14226 --------------------------
14227 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14228 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14229
14230 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14231 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14232 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14233 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14234
14235 Comments are indented as follows:
14236
14237 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14238 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14239 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14240
14241 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14242
14243 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14244 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14245 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14246 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14247 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14248 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14249
14250 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14251 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14252 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14253 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14254
14255 2. Routine Info
14256 ------------
14257 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14258 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14259 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14260 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14261 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14262 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14263 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14264 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14265 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14266 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14267
14268 3. Online IDL Help
14269 ---------------
14270
14271 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14272 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14273 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14274 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14275
14276 4. Completion
14277 ----------
14278 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14279 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14280 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14281 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14282 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14283 upper case.
14284
14285 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14286 --------------------------------
14287 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14288 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14289
14290 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14291 \\fu FUNCTION template
14292 \\c CASE statement template
14293 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14294 \\f FOR loop template
14295 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14296 \\w WHILE loop template
14297 \\i IF statement template
14298 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14299 \\b BEGIN
14300
14301 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14302 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14303
14304 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14305 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14306 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14307 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14308
14309 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14310 -------------------------
14311 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14312 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14313
14314 7. Automatic END completion
14315 ------------------------
14316 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14317 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14318
14319 8. Hooks
14320 -----
14321 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14322 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14323
14324 9. Documentation and Customization
14325 -------------------------------
14326 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14327 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14328 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14329 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14330 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14331
14332 10.Keybindings
14333 -----------
14334 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14335 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14336 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14337
14338 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14339
14340 \(fn)" t nil)
14341
14342 ;;;***
14343 \f
14344 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14345 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14346 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14347 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14348 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14349 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14350 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14351 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20268
14352 ;;;;;; 33259))
14353 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14354
14355 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14356 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14357 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14358 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14359 displaying...)
14360 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14361 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14362 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14363
14364 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14365 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14366
14367 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14368
14369 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14370 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14371 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14372 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14373 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14374 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14375 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14376 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14377 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14378
14379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14380
14381 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14382 Switch to another buffer.
14383 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14384 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14385 in another frame.
14386
14387 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14388 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14389 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14390 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14391 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14392
14393 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14394 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14395
14396 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14397 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14398
14399 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14400 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14401 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14402 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14403 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14404 in a separate window.
14405 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14406 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14407 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14408 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14409 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14410 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14411 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14412 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14413 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14414
14415 \(fn)" t nil)
14416
14417 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14418 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14419 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14420 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14421
14422 \(fn)" t nil)
14423
14424 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14425 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14426 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14427 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14428
14429 \(fn)" t nil)
14430
14431 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14432 Kill a buffer.
14433 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14434 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14435
14436 \(fn)" t nil)
14437
14438 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14439 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14440 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14441 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14442
14443 \(fn)" t nil)
14444
14445 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14446 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14447 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14448 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14449
14450 \(fn)" t nil)
14451
14452 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14453 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14454
14455 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14456
14457 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14458 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14459 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14460 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14461 visible in another frame.
14462
14463 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14464 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14465 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14466 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14467 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14468 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14469
14470 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14471 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14472
14473 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14474 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14475
14476 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14477 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14478 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14479 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14480 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14481 in a separate window.
14482 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14483 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14484 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14485 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14486 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14487 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14488 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14489 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14490 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14491 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14492 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14493 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14494 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14495 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14496
14497 \(fn)" t nil)
14498
14499 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14500 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14501 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14502 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14503
14504 \(fn)" t nil)
14505
14506 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14507 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14508 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14509 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14510
14511 \(fn)" t nil)
14512
14513 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14514 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14515 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14516 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14517
14518 \(fn)" t nil)
14519
14520 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14521 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14522 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14523 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14524
14525 \(fn)" t nil)
14526
14527 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14528 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14529 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14530 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14531
14532 \(fn)" t nil)
14533
14534 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14535 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14536 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14537 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14538
14539 \(fn)" t nil)
14540
14541 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14542 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14543 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14544 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14545
14546 \(fn)" t nil)
14547
14548 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14549 Write current buffer to a file.
14550 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14551 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14552
14553 \(fn)" t nil)
14554
14555 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14556 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14557 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14558 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14559
14560 \(fn)" t nil)
14561
14562 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14563 Call `dired' the ido way.
14564 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14565 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14566
14567 \(fn)" t nil)
14568
14569 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14570 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14571 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14572 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14573 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14574 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14575
14576 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14577
14578 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14579 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14580 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14581 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14582
14583 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14584
14585 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14586 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14587 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14588 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14589
14590 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14591
14592 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14593 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14594 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14595 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14596 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14597 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14598 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14599 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14600 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14601 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14602 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14603 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14604 with point positioned at the end.
14605 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14606 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14607
14608 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14609
14610 ;;;***
14611 \f
14612 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20229 34587))
14613 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14614
14615 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14616 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14617 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14618
14619 \(fn)" t nil)
14620
14621 ;;;***
14622 \f
14623 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20273 55691))
14624 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14625
14626 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14627
14628 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14629 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14630 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14631 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14632 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14633 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14634
14635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14636
14637 ;;;***
14638 \f
14639 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14640 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14641 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14642 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14643 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14644 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
14645 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14646
14647 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14648 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14649 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14650 be determined.
14651
14652 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14653
14654 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14655 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14656 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14657 be determined.
14658
14659 \(fn)" nil nil)
14660
14661 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14662 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14663 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14664 be determined.
14665
14666 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14667
14668 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14669 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14670 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14671 be determined.
14672
14673 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14674
14675 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14676 Determine and return image type.
14677 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14678 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14679 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14680 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14681 use its file extension as image type.
14682 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14683
14684 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14685
14686 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14687 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14688 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14689
14690 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14691
14692 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14693 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14694 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14695
14696 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14697 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14698 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14699 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14700 must be available.
14701
14702 \(fn)" nil nil)
14703
14704 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14705 Create an image.
14706 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14707 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14708 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14709 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14710 use its file extension as image type.
14711 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14712 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14713 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14714 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14715
14716 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14717
14718 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14719 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14720 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14721
14722 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14725 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14726 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14727 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14728 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14729 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14730 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14731 POS may be an integer or marker.
14732 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14733 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14734 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14735 means display it in the right marginal area.
14736
14737 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14738
14739 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14740 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14741 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14742 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14743 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14744 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14745 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14746 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14747 means display it in the right marginal area.
14748 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14749 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14750 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14751 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14752 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14753
14754 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14755
14756 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14757 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14758 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14759 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14760 defaulted if you omit it.
14761 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14762 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14763 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14764 means display it in the right marginal area.
14765 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14766
14767 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14768
14769 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14770 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14771 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14772 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14773
14774 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14775
14776 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14777 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14778
14779 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14780
14781 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14782 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14783 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14784 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14785 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14786 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14787 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14788 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14789 satisfied.
14790
14791 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14792
14793 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14794
14795 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14796
14797 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14798 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14799
14800 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14801 documentation string.
14802
14803 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14804 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14805 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14806 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14807 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14808 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14809 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14810 define SYMBOL.
14811
14812 Example:
14813
14814 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14815 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14816
14817 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14818
14819 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14820
14821 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14822 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14823 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14824 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14825 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14826 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14827
14828 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14829
14830 \(fn)" nil nil)
14831
14832 ;;;***
14833 \f
14834 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14835 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14836 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14837 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14838 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14839 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14840 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14841 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20229 34587))
14842 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14843
14844 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14845 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14846 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14847 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14848 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14849 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14850
14851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14854 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14855
14856 Convenience command that:
14857
14858 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14859 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14860 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14861
14862 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14863 image files in dired and type
14864 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14865
14866 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14867
14868 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14869 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14870
14871 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14872
14873 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14874 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14875 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14876 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14877 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14878 another one).
14879
14880 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14881 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14882 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14883
14884 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14885 instead of erasing it first.
14886
14887 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14888 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14889 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14890 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14891 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14892 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14893
14894 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14895
14896 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14897 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14898 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14899 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14900 displayed.
14901
14902 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14903
14904 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14905
14906 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14907
14908 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14909 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14910
14911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14914 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14915 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14916
14917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14920 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14921
14922 \(fn)" t nil)
14923
14924 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14925 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14926 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14927 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14928
14929 \(fn)" t nil)
14930
14931 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14932 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14933
14934 \(fn)" t nil)
14935
14936 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14937 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14938
14939 \(fn)" t nil)
14940
14941 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14942 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14943
14944 \(fn)" t nil)
14945
14946 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14947 Display current image file.
14948 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14949 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14950
14951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14952
14953 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14954 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14955
14956 \(fn)" t nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14959 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14960 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14961 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14962 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14963 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14964 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14965
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14967
14968 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14969 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14970 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14971 easy-to-use form.
14972
14973 \(fn)" t nil)
14974
14975 ;;;***
14976 \f
14977 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14978 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14979 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20229 34587))
14980 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14981
14982 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14983 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14984 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14985 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14986
14987 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14988 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14989 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14990 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14991
14992 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14993
14994 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14995 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14996 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14997 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14998
14999 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15000 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15001 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15002 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15003
15004 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15005
15006 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15007 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15008
15009 \(fn)" nil nil)
15010
15011 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15012 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15013 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15014 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15015
15016 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15017
15018 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15019 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15020 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15022 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15023 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15024
15025 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15026
15027 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15028 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15032
15033 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15034 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15035 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15036
15037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15038
15039 ;;;***
15040 \f
15041 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15042 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20274 22975))
15043 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15044
15045 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15046 Major mode for image files.
15047 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15048 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15049
15050 \(fn)" t nil)
15051
15052 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15053 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15057
15058 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15059 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15060 actual image.
15061
15062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15063
15064 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15065 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15066 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15067 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15068 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15069 to display an image file as the actual image.
15070
15071 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15072 to display an image file as text initially.
15073
15074 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15075 on these modes.
15076
15077 \(fn)" t nil)
15078
15079 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15080
15081
15082 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15083
15084 ;;;***
15085 \f
15086 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15087 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20229 34587))
15088 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15089
15090 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15091 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15092
15093 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15094
15095 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15096 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15097 in the buffer.
15098
15099 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15100
15101 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15102 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15103 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15104
15105 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15106
15107 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15108 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15109
15110 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15111 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15112 pattern's structure.
15113
15114 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15115 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15116 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15117 during matching.")
15118 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15119
15120 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15121
15122 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15123 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15124
15125 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15126 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15127 called within a `save-excursion'.
15128
15129 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15130
15131 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15132
15133 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15134 Function for finding the next index position.
15135
15136 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15137 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15138 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15139 file.
15140
15141 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15142 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15143
15144 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15145
15146 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15147 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15148
15149 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15150 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15151 It should return the name for that index item.")
15152
15153 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15154
15155 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15156 Function to compare string with index item.
15157
15158 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15159 non-nil if they match.
15160
15161 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15162 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15163 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15164 arguments match\".")
15165
15166 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15167
15168 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15169 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15170 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15171
15172 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15173 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15174
15175 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15176
15177 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15178
15179 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15180 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15181 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15182 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15183
15184 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15185
15186 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15187 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15188
15189 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15190
15191 \(fn)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15194 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15195 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15196 for more information.
15197
15198 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15199
15200 ;;;***
15201 \f
15202 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15203 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15204 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20229 34587))
15205 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15206
15207 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15208 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15209
15210 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15211
15212 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15213
15214
15215 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15216
15217 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15218
15219
15220 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15221
15222 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15223
15224
15225 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15226
15227 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15228 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15229
15230 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15231
15232 ;;;***
15233 \f
15234 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15235 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15236 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20229 34587))
15237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15238
15239 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15240 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15241 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15242 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15243 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15244
15245 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15246
15247 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15248 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15249
15250 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15251
15252 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15253 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15254 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15255 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15256 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15257 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15258 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15259 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15260
15261 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15262
15263 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15264 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15265 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15266 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15267 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15268
15269 This variable is only used if the variable
15270 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15271
15272 More precise choices:
15273 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15274 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15275 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15276
15277 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15278
15279 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15280
15281 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15282 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15283
15284 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15285 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15286 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15287 to that buffer.
15288 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15289 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15290 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15291 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15292
15293 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15294
15295 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15296
15297 ;;;***
15298 \f
15299 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15300 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15301 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15302 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15303 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20242 46528))
15304 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15305
15306 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15307 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15308
15309 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15310 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15311
15312 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15313 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15314 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15315 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15316 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15317 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15318 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15319 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15320 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15321 with the top-level Info directory.
15322
15323 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15324 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15325 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15326 appended to the Info buffer name.
15327
15328 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15329 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15330 in all the directories in that path.
15331
15332 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15333
15334 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15337 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15338
15339 \(fn)" t nil)
15340
15341 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15342 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15343 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15344 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15345
15346 \(fn)" nil nil)
15347
15348 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15349 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15350 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15351 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15352
15353 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15354
15355 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15356 Go to the Info directory node.
15357
15358 \(fn)" t nil)
15359
15360 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15361 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15362 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15363 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15364 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15365 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15366
15367 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15368
15369 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15370 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15371 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15372
15373 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15374
15375 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15376 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15377 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15378 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15379 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15380
15381 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15382
15383 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15384 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15385 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15386 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15387 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15388
15389 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15390 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15391
15392 Selecting other nodes:
15393 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15394 Follow a node reference you click on.
15395 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15396 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15397 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15398 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15399 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15400 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15401 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15402 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15403 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15404 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15405 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15406 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15407 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15408 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15409 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15410 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15411 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15412 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15413 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15414 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15415
15416 Moving within a node:
15417 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15418 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15419 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15420 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15421 move up to the parent node.
15422 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15423 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15424 if there is none.
15425 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15426
15427 Advanced commands:
15428 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15429 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15430 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15431 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15432 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15433 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15434 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15435 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15436 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15437 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15438 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15439 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15440 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15441 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15442 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15443 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15444
15445 \(fn)" t nil)
15446 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15447
15448 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15449 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15450 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15451 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15452 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15453 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15454
15455 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15456 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15457
15458 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15459 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15460 KEY is a string.
15461 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15462 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15463 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15464 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15465
15466 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15467
15468 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15469 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15470 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15471
15472 \(fn)" t nil)
15473
15474 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15475 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15476 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15477
15478 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15479
15480 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15481 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15482
15483 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15484
15485 ;;;***
15486 \f
15487 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15488 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15489 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15490 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15491
15492 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15493 Throw away all cached data.
15494 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15495 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15496 system.
15497
15498 \(fn)" t nil)
15499 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15500
15501 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15502 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15503 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15504 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15505 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15506 one found at point.
15507
15508 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15509
15510 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15511 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15512
15513 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15514 Display the documentation of a file.
15515 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15516 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15517 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15518 The default file name is the one found at point.
15519
15520 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15521
15522 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15523
15524 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15525 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15526
15527 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15528
15529 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15530 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15531
15532 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15533
15534 ;;;***
15535 \f
15536 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15537 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15538 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15539 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15540
15541 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15542 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15543 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15544 current info file is the default.
15545
15546 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15547 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15548 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15549 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15550 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15551
15552 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15553 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15554 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15555 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15556 mistake in the reference.
15557
15558 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15559 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15560 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15561
15562 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15563 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15564 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15565 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15566
15567 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15568
15569 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15570 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15571 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15572 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15573 checked.
15574
15575 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15576 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15577 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15578 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15579 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15580 should be harmless.
15581
15582 \(fn)" t nil)
15583
15584 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15585 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15586 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15587 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15588
15589 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15590 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15591 and can take a long time.
15592
15593 \(fn)" t nil)
15594
15595 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15596 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15597 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15598
15599 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15600
15601 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15602 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15603
15604 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15605 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15606 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15607 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15608 all builtins).
15609
15610 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15611 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15612 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15613 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15614 the sources handy.
15615
15616 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15617
15618 ;;;***
15619 \f
15620 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15621 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20229 34587))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15623
15624 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15625 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15626
15627 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15628
15629 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15630 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15631
15632 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15633
15634 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15635 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15636 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15637 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15638
15639 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15640 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15641 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15642
15643 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15644 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15645 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15646 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15647
15648 \(fn)" t nil)
15649
15650 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15651 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15652 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15653
15654 \(fn)" t nil)
15655
15656 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15657 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15658 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15659 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15660 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15661
15662 \(fn)" nil nil)
15663
15664 ;;;***
15665 \f
15666 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15667 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15668 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15669 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15670
15671 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15672 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15673
15674 \(fn)" t nil)
15675
15676 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15677 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15678
15679 \(fn)" t nil)
15680
15681 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15682
15683
15684 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15685
15686 ;;;***
15687 \f
15688 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20229
15689 ;;;;;; 34587))
15690 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15691
15692 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15693 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15694 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15695 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15696 accessed via isearchb.
15697
15698 \(fn)" t nil)
15699
15700 ;;;***
15701 \f
15702 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15703 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15704 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15705 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20229 34587))
15706 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15707
15708 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15709 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15710 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15711 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15712 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15713
15714 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15715
15716 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15717 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15718 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15719 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15720 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15721
15722 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15723
15724 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15725 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15726 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15727 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15728 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15729
15730 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15733 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15734 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15735 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15736 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15737
15738 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15739
15740 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15741 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15742 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15743 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15744 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15745
15746 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15747
15748 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15749 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15750 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15751 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15752 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15753
15754 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15755
15756 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15757 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15758 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15759 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15760 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15761
15762 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15763
15764 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15765 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15766 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15767 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15768
15769 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15770
15771 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15772 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15773 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15774 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15775
15776 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15777
15778 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15779 Warn that format is read-only.
15780
15781 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15782
15783 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15784 Warn that format is write-only.
15785
15786 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15787
15788 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15789 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15790
15791 \(fn)" t nil)
15792
15793 ;;;***
15794 \f
15795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15796 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
15797 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15798 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15799 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15800 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15801
15802 ;;;***
15803 \f
15804 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15805 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15806 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15807 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15808 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20229 34587))
15809 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15810
15811 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15812
15813 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15814 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15815 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15816 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15817 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15818
15819 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15820
15821 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15822
15823 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15824 Key map for ispell menu.")
15825
15826 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15827 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15828 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15829 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15830
15831 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15832
15833 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15834
15835 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15836
15837 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15838
15839 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15840 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15841 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15842 Valid forms include:
15843 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15844 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15845 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15846 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15847
15848 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15849 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15850 First list is used raw.
15851 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15852
15853 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15854 for skipping in latex mode.")
15855
15856 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15857 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15858 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15859 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15860 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15861 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15862 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15863
15864 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15865 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15866 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15867 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15868
15869 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15870 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15871 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15872 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15873 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15874
15875 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15876 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15877
15878 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15879 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15880
15881 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15882 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15883
15884 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15885 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15886
15887 Return values:
15888 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15889 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15890 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15891 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15892 quit spell session exited.
15893
15894 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15895
15896 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15897 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15898 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15899
15900 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15901
15902 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15903 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15904
15905 Selections are:
15906
15907 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15908 SPC: Accept word this time.
15909 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15910 `a': Accept word for this session.
15911 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15912 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15913 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15914 `?': Show these commands.
15915 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15916 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15917 the aborted check to be completed later.
15918 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15919 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15920 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15921 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15922 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15923 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15924 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15925
15926 \(fn)" nil nil)
15927
15928 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15929 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15930 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15931
15932 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15933
15934 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15935 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15936 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15937 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15938
15939 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15940
15941 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15942
15943 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15944 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15945 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15946 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15947
15948 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15949
15950 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15951 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15952
15953 \(fn)" t nil)
15954
15955 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15956 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15957
15958 \(fn)" t nil)
15959
15960 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15961 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15962
15963 \(fn)" t nil)
15964
15965 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15966 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15967 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15968 sequence inside of a word.
15969
15970 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15971
15972 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15973
15974 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15975 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15976
15977 \(fn)" t nil)
15978
15979 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15980 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15981 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15982 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15983
15984 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15985 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15986 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15987 available on the net.
15988
15989 \(fn)" t nil)
15990
15991 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15992 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
15993 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
15994 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15995 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15996
15997 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local mior mode. When enabled,
15998 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
15999 spelled.
16000
16001 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16002 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16003 SPC.
16004
16005 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16006 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16007
16008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16011 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16012 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16013 Don't check included messages.
16014
16015 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16016 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16017 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16018
16019 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16020 in your .emacs file:
16021 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16022 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16023 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16024 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16025
16026 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16027 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16028 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16029
16030 \(fn)" t nil)
16031
16032 ;;;***
16033 \f
16034 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20229
16035 ;;;;;; 34587))
16036 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16037
16038 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16039 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16040 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16042 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16043 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16044
16045 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16046
16047 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16048 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16050 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16051 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16052
16053 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16054 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16055
16056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16057
16058 ;;;***
16059 \f
16060 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16061 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16062 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16063 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20229 34587))
16064 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16065
16066 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16067
16068
16069 \(fn)" nil nil)
16070
16071 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16072 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16073 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16074 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16075 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16076 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16077 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16078 necessary to represent OBJ.
16079
16080 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16081
16082 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16083 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16084 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16085 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16086
16087 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16088
16089 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16090 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16091 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16092 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16093 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16094
16095 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16096
16097 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16098 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16099 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16100 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16101
16102 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16103
16104 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16105 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16106 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16107 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16108
16109 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16110
16111 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16112 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16113
16114 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16115
16116 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16117 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16118 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16119 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16120 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16121
16122 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16123
16124 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16125 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16126 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16127 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16128 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16129
16130 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16131
16132 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16133 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16134 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16135
16136 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16137
16138 ;;;***
16139 \f
16140 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16141 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20250 40679))
16142 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16143
16144 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16145 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16146 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16147 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16148
16149 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16150
16151
16152 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16155 Uninstall jka-compr.
16156 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16157 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16158 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16159
16160 \(fn)" nil nil)
16161
16162 ;;;***
16163 \f
16164 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20229 34587))
16165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16166
16167 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16168 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16169
16170 \(fn)" t nil)
16171
16172 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16173
16174 ;;;***
16175 \f
16176 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16177 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16178 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
16179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16180
16181 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16182 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16183 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16184 decimal key must be specified.")
16185
16186 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16187
16188 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16189 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16190 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16191 decimal key must be specified.")
16192
16193 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16194
16195 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16196 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16197 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16198 decimal key must be specified.")
16199
16200 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16201
16202 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16203 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16204 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16205 decimal key must be specified.")
16206
16207 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16210 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16211 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16212 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16213 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16214 keys are bound.
16215
16216 Setup Binding
16217 -------------------------------------------------------------
16218 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16219 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16220 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16221 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16222 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16223 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16224 in the global and local keymaps.
16225
16226 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16227 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16228
16229 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16230
16231 ;;;***
16232 \f
16233 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16234 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16235 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16236
16237 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16238 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16239 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16240
16241 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16242 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16243 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16244 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16245 shorter.
16246
16247 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16248 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16249 the context of text formatting.
16250
16251 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16252
16253 ;;;***
16254 \f
16255 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20229
16256 ;;;;;; 34587))
16257 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16258
16259 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16260 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16261 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16262 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16263 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16264 positions that contains the current selection.")
16265
16266 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16267 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16268 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16269 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16270 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16271 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16272 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16273
16274 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16275
16276 ;;;***
16277 \f
16278 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16279 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16280 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16281 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20229 34587))
16282 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16283 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16284 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16285 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16286 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16287 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16288 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16289 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16290
16291 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16292 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16293
16294 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16295
16296 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16297 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16298 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16299 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16300 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16301
16302 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16303
16304 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16305 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16306 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16307
16308 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16309 defining the macro.
16310
16311 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16312 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16313 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16314
16315 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16316 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16317
16318 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16319
16320 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16321 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16322 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16323 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16324 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16325 under that name.
16326
16327 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16328 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16329 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16330
16331 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16332
16333 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16334 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16335 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16336
16337 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16338 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16339 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16340 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16341
16342 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16343 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16344
16345 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16346
16347 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16348 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16349 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16350
16351 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16352 macro.
16353
16354 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16355 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16356
16357 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16358 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16359 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16360
16361 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16362 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16363
16364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16365
16366 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16367 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16368 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16369 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16370
16371 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16372
16373 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16374 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16375 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16376 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16377
16378 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16379 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16380
16381 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16384 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16385 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16386
16387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16388
16389 ;;;***
16390 \f
16391 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16392 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20229 34587))
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16394
16395 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16396 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16397 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16398
16399 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16400
16401
16402 \(fn)" nil nil)
16403
16404 ;;;***
16405 \f
16406 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16407 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16409
16410 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16411
16412 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16413 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16414
16415 \(fn)" t nil)
16416
16417 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16418 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16419 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16420 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16421
16422 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16423 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16424 none / 1 | yes | no
16425 2 | yes | yes
16426 3 | no | yes
16427 4 | no | no
16428
16429 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16430 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16431 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16432
16433 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16434
16435 ;;;***
16436 \f
16437 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16438 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16439 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20229 34587))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16441
16442 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16443
16444
16445 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16446
16447 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16448 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16449 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16450 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16451 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16452 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16453
16454 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16455 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16456
16457 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16458
16459 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16460 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16461
16462 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16463
16464 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16465
16466
16467 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16468
16469 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16470
16471
16472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16473
16474 ;;;***
16475 \f
16476 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16477 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16478 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20229 34587))
16479 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16480
16481 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16482 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16483 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16484 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16485
16486 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16487
16488 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16489 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16490 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16491
16492 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16493
16494 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16495 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16496 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16497
16498 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16499
16500 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16501 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16502 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16503 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16504
16505 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16506
16507 ;;;***
16508 \f
16509 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16510 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20229 34587))
16511 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16512
16513 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16514 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16515 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16516 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16517 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16518 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16519 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16520 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16521
16522 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16523 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16524
16525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16526 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16527
16528 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16529
16530 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16531 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16532 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16533 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16534 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16535 `latin1-display-setup'.
16536
16537 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16538
16539 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16540 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16541 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16542 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16543
16544 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16545 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16546
16547 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16548
16549 ;;;***
16550 \f
16551 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16552 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16554
16555 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16556 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16557
16558 \(fn)" t nil)
16559
16560 ;;;***
16561 \f
16562 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16563 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16564 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16565
16566 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16567 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16568
16569 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16570 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16571
16572 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16573 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16574
16575 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16576 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16577 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16578 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16579 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16580 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16581 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16582 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16583 and transmit saved text.
16584
16585 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16586 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16587 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16588
16589 \(fn)" t nil)
16590
16591 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16592
16593
16594 \(fn)" nil nil)
16595
16596 ;;;***
16597 \f
16598 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20229 34587))
16599 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16600
16601 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16602 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16603 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16604 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16605 generations (this defaults to 1).
16606
16607 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16608
16609 ;;;***
16610 \f
16611 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16612 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20229 34587))
16613 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16614
16615 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16616 Format used to display line numbers.
16617 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16618 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16619 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16620 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16621
16622 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16623
16624 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16625 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16626 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16627 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16628 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16629
16630 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16631
16632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16633
16634 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16635 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16636 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16637 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16638 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16639 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16640
16641 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16642
16643 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16644 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16645 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16646 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16647 ARG is omitted or nil.
16648
16649 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16650 `linum-on' would do it.
16651 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16652
16653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16654
16655 ;;;***
16656 \f
16657 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20229
16658 ;;;;;; 34587))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16660
16661 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16662 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16663 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16664 is nil, raise an error.
16665
16666 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16667 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16668 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16669 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16670 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16671 defined by the library.
16672
16673 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16674 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16675 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16676 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16677 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16678 proceeds.
16679
16680 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16681 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16682 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16683 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16684
16685 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16686
16687 ;;;***
16688 \f
16689 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16690 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20229 34587))
16691 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16692
16693 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16694 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16695 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16696
16697 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16698
16699 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16700 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16701 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16702 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16703
16704 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16705 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16706 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16707 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16708 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16709 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16710 the version.)
16711
16712 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16713 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16714
16715 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16716 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16717
16718 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16719 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16720
16721 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16722
16723 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16724 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16725 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16726 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16727 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16728 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16729 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16730 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16731 to constrain a big search.
16732
16733 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16734
16735 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16736 except that FILTER is not optional.
16737
16738 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16739
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20229 34587))
16743 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16744
16745 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16746 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16747 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16748 if MODE is nil.
16749 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16750 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16751 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16752 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16753 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16754
16755 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16756 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16757 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16758 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16759 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16760
16761 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16762 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16763 uses the current buffer.
16764
16765 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16766
16767 ;;;***
16768 \f
16769 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20279
16770 ;;;;;; 40897))
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16772
16773 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16774 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16775
16776 \(fn)" t nil)
16777
16778 ;;;***
16779 \f
16780 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20229
16781 ;;;;;; 34587))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16783
16784 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16785 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16787 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16788 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16789
16790 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16791 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16792 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16793 disk.
16794
16795 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16796 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16797 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16798
16799 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16800 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16801
16802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16803
16804 ;;;***
16805 \f
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16807 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20229
16808 ;;;;;; 34587))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16810
16811 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16812 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16813
16814 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16815 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16816
16817 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16818 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16819 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16820
16821 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16822 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16823
16824 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16825 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16826 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16827 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16828 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16829 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16830 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16831
16832 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16833
16834 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16835 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16836 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16837 switch on this list.
16838 See `lpr-command'.")
16839
16840 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16841
16842 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16843 Name of program for printing a file.
16844
16845 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16846 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16847 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16848 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16849 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16850 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16851 argument.")
16852
16853 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16854
16855 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16856 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16857 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16858 for customization of the printer command.
16859
16860 \(fn)" t nil)
16861
16862 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16863 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16864
16865 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16866 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16867 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16868 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16869
16870 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16871 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16872
16873 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16874 for further customization of the printer command.
16875
16876 \(fn)" t nil)
16877
16878 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16879 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16880 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16881 for customization of the printer command.
16882
16883 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16884
16885 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16886 Paginate and print the region contents.
16887
16888 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16889 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16890 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16891 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16892
16893 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16894 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16895
16896 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16897 for further customization of the printer command.
16898
16899 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16900
16901 ;;;***
16902 \f
16903 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16904 ;;;;;; (20273 55604))
16905 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16906
16907 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16908 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16909 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16910
16911 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16912
16913 ;;;***
16914 \f
16915 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20229
16916 ;;;;;; 34587))
16917 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16918
16919 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16920 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16921 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16922 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16923
16924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16925
16926 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16927
16928 ;;;***
16929 \f
16930 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20229
16931 ;;;;;; 34587))
16932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16933
16934 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16935 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16936
16937 \(fn)" t nil)
16938
16939 ;;;***
16940 \f
16941 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16942 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
16943 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16944
16945 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16946 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16947 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16948 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16949 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16950
16951 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16952
16953 ;;;***
16954 \f
16955 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16956 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20229 34587))
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16958
16959 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16960 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16961 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16962 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16963 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16964
16965 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16966
16967 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16968 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16969 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16970 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16971
16972 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16973 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16974 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16975 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16976 bindings.
16977
16978 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16979 use this command, and then save the file.
16980
16981 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16982
16983 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16984 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16985 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16986 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16987 each time the macro executes.
16988 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16989 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16990 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16991 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16992 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16993 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16994 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16995
16996 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16997
16998 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16999 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17000 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17001 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17002
17003 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17004 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17005 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17006 execute.
17007
17008 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17009 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17010
17011 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17012 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17013 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17014 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17015 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17016
17017 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17018 looked like this:
17019
17020 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17021 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17022 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17023
17024 You could enter the names in this format:
17025
17026 foo
17027 bar
17028 baz
17029
17030 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17031
17032 \\C-x (
17033 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17034 \\C-x )
17035
17036 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17037 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17038
17039 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17040 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17041
17042 ;;;***
17043 \f
17044 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17045 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20237 28610))
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17047
17048 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17049 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17050 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17051 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17052 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17053 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17054
17055 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17056 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17057 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17058 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17059 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17060
17061 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17062 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17063 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17064 consing a string.)
17065
17066 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17067
17068 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17069 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17070
17071 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17072
17073 ;;;***
17074 \f
17075 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17076 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17077 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17078 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17079
17080 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17081 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17082
17083 \(fn)" nil nil)
17084
17085 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17086
17087
17088 \(fn)" nil nil)
17089
17090 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17091 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17092
17093 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17094
17095 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17096 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17097 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17098 message.
17099
17100 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17101
17102 \(fn)" nil nil)
17103
17104 ;;;***
17105 \f
17106 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17107 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17108 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17109 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20229 34587))
17110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17111
17112 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17113 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17114 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17115 often correct parser.")
17116
17117 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17118
17119 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17120 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17121 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17122 a value which excludes your own email address.
17123
17124 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17125 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17126
17127 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17128
17129 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17130 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17131
17132 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17133
17134 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17135 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17136 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17137 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17138
17139 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17140
17141 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17142 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17143 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17144 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17145
17146 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17147
17148 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17149 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17150 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17151 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17152
17153 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17154
17155 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17156 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17157 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17158 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17159 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17160 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17161 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17162 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17163 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17164 as Rmail does.
17165
17166 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17167
17168 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17169 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17170 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17171 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17172 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17173 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17174 matches may be returned from the message body.
17175
17176 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17177
17178 ;;;***
17179 \f
17180 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17181 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20229
17182 ;;;;;; 34587))
17183 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17184
17185 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17186 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17187 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17189 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17190 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17191
17192 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17193
17194 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17195 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17197 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17199
17200 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17201 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17202 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17203 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17204
17205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17206
17207 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17208 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17209
17210 \(fn)" nil nil)
17211
17212 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17213 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17214 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17215
17216 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17217
17218 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17219 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17220 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17221
17222 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17223 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17224 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17225 double-quotes.
17226
17227 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17228
17229 ;;;***
17230 \f
17231 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17232 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17233 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20229 34587))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17235
17236 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17237 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17238 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17239 king@grassland.com
17240 If `parens', they look like:
17241 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17242 If `angles', they look like:
17243 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17244
17245 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17246
17247 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17248 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17249 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17250 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17251 their `Resent-' variants.
17252
17253 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17254 removed from alias expansions.
17255
17256 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17257
17258 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17259 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17260 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17261
17262 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17263 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17264 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17265 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17266
17267 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17268
17269 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17270 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17271 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17272
17273 \(fn)" nil nil)
17274
17275 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17276 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17277 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17278 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17279
17280 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17281
17282 ;;;***
17283 \f
17284 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17285 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
17286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17287
17288 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17289 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17290 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17291 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17292
17293 \(fn)" nil nil)
17294
17295 ;;;***
17296 \f
17297 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17298 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17299 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20229 34587))
17300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17301
17302 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17303 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17304
17305 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17306 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17307 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17308 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17309 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17310 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17311
17312 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17313 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17314 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17315 dependency, despite the colon.
17316
17317 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17318
17319 In the browser, use the following keys:
17320
17321 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17322
17323 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17324
17325 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17326 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17327
17328 `makefile-target-colon':
17329 The string that gets appended to all target names
17330 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17331 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17332
17333 `makefile-macro-assign':
17334 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17335 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17336 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17337 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17338 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17339 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17340
17341 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17342 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17343 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17344
17345 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17346 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17347
17348 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17349 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17350 up or down in the browser.
17351
17352 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17353 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17354
17355 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17356 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17357
17358 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17359 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17360 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17361 has been selected in the browser.
17362
17363 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17364 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17365 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17366 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17367 filenames are omitted.
17368
17369 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17370 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17371 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17372 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17373 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17374 the backslash itself intact.
17375 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17376 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17377
17378 `makefile-browser-hook':
17379 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17380 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17381
17382 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17383 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17384 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17385 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17386
17387 \(fn)" t nil)
17388
17389 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17390 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17391
17392 \(fn)" t nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17395 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17396
17397 \(fn)" t nil)
17398
17399 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17400 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17401
17402 \(fn)" t nil)
17403
17404 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17405 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17406
17407 \(fn)" t nil)
17408
17409 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17410 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17411
17412 \(fn)" t nil)
17413
17414 ;;;***
17415 \f
17416 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20229
17417 ;;;;;; 34587))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17419
17420 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17421 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17422 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17423
17424 \(fn)" t nil)
17425
17426 ;;;***
17427 \f
17428 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17429 ;;;;;; (20292 53022))
17430 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17431
17432 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17433
17434 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17435 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17436 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17437 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17438 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17439 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17440 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17441 page, it will display immediately.
17442
17443 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17444 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17445 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17446
17447 cat(1)
17448 1 cat
17449
17450 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17451 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17452 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17453 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17454
17455 -a chmod
17456
17457 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17458 otherwise look like a page name.
17459
17460 /my/file/name.1.gz
17461 -l somefile.1
17462
17463 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17464 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17465 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17466
17467 -k pattern
17468
17469 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17470
17471 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17472 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17473
17474 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17475
17476 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17477 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17478
17479 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17480
17481 ;;;***
17482 \f
17483 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20229 34587))
17484 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17485
17486 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17487 Toggle Master mode.
17488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17489 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17490 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17491
17492 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17493 using the following commands:
17494
17495 \\{master-mode-map}
17496
17497 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17498 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17499 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17500
17501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17502
17503 ;;;***
17504 \f
17505 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17506 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17507 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17508
17509 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17510 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17511 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17512 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17513 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17514 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17515
17516 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17517
17518 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17519 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17520 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17521 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17522 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17523
17524 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17525 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17526 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17527 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17528
17529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17530
17531 ;;;***
17532 \f
17533 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17534 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17535 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17536 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17537 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17538 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17539 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20279 40897))
17540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17541
17542 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17543
17544 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17545 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17546 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17547 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17548 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17549 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17550 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17551 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17552 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17553 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17554 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17555 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17556 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17557 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17558 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17559 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17560 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17561 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17562 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17563 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17564 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17565 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17566 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17567 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17568 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17569 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17570 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17571 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17572 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17573 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17574 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17575 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17576 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17577 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17578 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17579 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17580 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17581 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17582
17583 \(fn)" t nil)
17584
17585 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17586 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17587 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17588 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17589 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17590
17591 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17592
17593 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17594 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17595
17596 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17597
17598 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17599 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17600
17601 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17602
17603 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17604 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17605
17606 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17607
17608 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17609 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17610 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17611
17612 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17615 Cancel an article you posted.
17616 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17617
17618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17619
17620 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17621 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17622 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17623 header line with the old Message-ID.
17624
17625 \(fn)" t nil)
17626
17627 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17628 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17629
17630 \(fn)" t nil)
17631
17632 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17633 Forward the current message via mail.
17634 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17635 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17636
17637 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17638
17639 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17640
17641
17642 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17643
17644 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17645
17646
17647 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17648
17649 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17650 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17651
17652 \(fn)" t nil)
17653
17654 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17655 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17656
17657 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17658
17659 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17660 Re-mail the current message.
17661 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17662 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17663 you.
17664
17665 \(fn)" t nil)
17666
17667 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17668 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17669
17670 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17671
17672 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17673 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17674
17675 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17676
17677 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17678 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17679
17680 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17681
17682 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17683 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17684
17685 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17686
17687 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17688 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17689 Works by overstriking characters.
17690 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17691 which specify the range to operate on.
17692
17693 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17694
17695 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17696 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17697 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17698 which specify the range to operate on.
17699
17700 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17701
17702 ;;;***
17703 \f
17704 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17705 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17707
17708 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17709 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17710
17711 \(fn)" t nil)
17712
17713 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17714 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17715
17716 \(fn)" t nil)
17717
17718 ;;;***
17719 \f
17720 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17721 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17722 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
17723 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17724
17725 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17726 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17727 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17728
17729 \(fn)" t nil)
17730
17731 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17732 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17733 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17734 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17735 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17736 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17737 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17738
17739 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17740
17741 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17742 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17743 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17744 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17745 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17746 means current).
17747 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17748 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17749
17750 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17751
17752 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17753 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17754 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17755 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17756 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17757 means current).
17758 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17759 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17760
17761 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17762
17763 ;;;***
17764 \f
17765 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17766 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17767 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20229 34587))
17768 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17769
17770 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17771 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17772 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17773
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17777 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17778 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17779
17780 \(fn)" t nil)
17781
17782 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17783 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17784
17785 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17786 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17787 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17788
17789 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17790 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17791
17792 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17793 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17794
17795 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17796
17797 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17798
17799 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17800 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17801 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17802 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17803 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17804 as `compose-mail'.
17805
17806 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17807 initial Subject field, respectively.
17808
17809 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17810 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17811 are strings.
17812
17813 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17814 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17815
17816 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17819 Save draft and send message.
17820
17821 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17822 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17823 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17824 Mail Delivery*\".
17825
17826 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17827 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17828 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17829
17830 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17831 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17832 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17833 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17834 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17835 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17836
17837 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17838 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17839
17840 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17841 message and scan line.
17842
17843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17846 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17847
17848 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17849 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17850 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17851 delete the draft message.
17852
17853 \(fn)" t nil)
17854
17855 ;;;***
17856 \f
17857 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20229 34587))
17858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17859
17860 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17861
17862 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17863
17864 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17865
17866 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17867 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17868
17869 \(fn)" t nil)
17870
17871 ;;;***
17872 \f
17873 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17874 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20229 34587))
17875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17876
17877 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17878 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17879 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17880
17881 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17882 the MH mail system.
17883
17884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17885
17886 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17887 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17888 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17889
17890 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17891 the MH mail system.
17892
17893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17894
17895 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17896 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17897
17898 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17899 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17900 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17901 separate command.
17902
17903 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17904 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17905 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17906 format.
17907
17908 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17909
17910 Ranges
17911 ======
17912 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17913 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17914 can be used in several ways.
17915
17916 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17917 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17918 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17919 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17920 page):
17921
17922 <num1>-<num2>
17923 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17924 The range must be nonempty.
17925
17926 <num>:N
17927 <num>:+N
17928 <num>:-N
17929 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17930 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17931 last.
17932
17933 first:N
17934 prev:N
17935 next:N
17936 last:N
17937 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17938
17939 all
17940 All of the messages.
17941
17942 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17943 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17944
17945 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17946 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17947 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17948
17949 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17950
17951 \(fn)" t nil)
17952
17953 ;;;***
17954 \f
17955 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17956 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20229 34587))
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17958
17959 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17960 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17961 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17962 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17963 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17964 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17965 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17966 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17967 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17968 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17969 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17970
17971 \(fn)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17974 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17975 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17976 to its second argument TM.
17977
17978 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17979
17980 ;;;***
17981 \f
17982 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17983 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20229 34587))
17984 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17985
17986 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17987 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17988 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17989 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17990 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17991 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17992
17993 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17994
17995 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17996 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17997 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
17998 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17999 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18000
18001 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18002 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18003 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18004 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18005 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18006 is modified to remove the default indication.
18007
18008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18009
18010 ;;;***
18011 \f
18012 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18013 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18014 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18015
18016 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18017 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18018 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18019 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18020 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18021 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18022 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18023 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18024 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18025
18026 \(fn)" t nil)
18027
18028 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18029 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18030 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18031 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18032 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18033 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18034 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18035 The return value is always nil.
18036
18037 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18038
18039 ;;;***
18040 \f
18041 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18042 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18043 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20229 34587))
18044 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18045 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18046
18047 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18048 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18049
18050 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18051 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18052 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18053 next occurrence.
18054
18055 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18056 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18057 end of the search space).
18058
18059 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18060 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18061 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18062 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18063 should return the previous buffer to search.
18064
18065 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18066 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18067 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18068
18069 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18070 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18071 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18072 Isearch starts.")
18073
18074 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18075 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18076 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18077
18078 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18079 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18080 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18081
18082 \(fn)" nil nil)
18083
18084 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18085 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18086 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18087 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18088 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18089 whose names match the specified regexp.
18090
18091 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18092
18093 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18094 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18095 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18096 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18097 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18098 whose names match the specified regexp.
18099
18100 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18101
18102 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18103 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18104 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18105 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18106 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18107 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18108 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18109
18110 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18111
18112 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18113 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18114 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18115 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18116 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18117 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18118 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18119
18120 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18121
18122 ;;;***
18123 \f
18124 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18125 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
18126 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18127
18128 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18129 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18130
18131 \(fn)" t nil)
18132
18133 ;;;***
18134 \f
18135 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18136 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18138
18139 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18140 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18141
18142 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18143
18144 ;;;***
18145 \f
18146 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18147 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20229 34587))
18148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18149
18150 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18151 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18152
18153 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18154
18155 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18156 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18157 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18158 the entire message.
18159 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18160
18161 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18162
18163 ;;;***
18164 \f
18165 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18166 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18168
18169 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18170 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18171 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18172 the entire message.
18173 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18174
18175 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18176
18177 ;;;***
18178 \f
18179 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18180 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20229 34587))
18181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18182
18183 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18184 Insert file contents of URL.
18185 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18186
18187 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18188
18189 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18190 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18191
18192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18193
18194 ;;;***
18195 \f
18196 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18197 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20229 34587))
18198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18199
18200 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18201 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18202 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18203 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18204 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18205
18206 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18207
18208 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18209 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18210 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18211
18212 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18213
18214 ;;;***
18215 \f
18216 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18217 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18219
18220 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18221 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18222
18223 \(fn)" nil nil)
18224
18225 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18226 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18227 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18228 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18229
18230 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18231 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18232 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18233 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18234 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18235 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18236
18237 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18238
18239 ;;;***
18240 \f
18241 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18242 ;;;;;; (20291 32066))
18243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18244
18245 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18246
18247
18248 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18249
18250 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18251
18252
18253 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18254
18255 ;;;***
18256 \f
18257 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18258 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18259 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20229 34587))
18260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18261
18262 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18263
18264
18265 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18266
18267 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18268
18269
18270 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18271
18272 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18273
18274
18275 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18276
18277 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18278
18279
18280 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18281
18282 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18283
18284
18285 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18286
18287 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18288
18289
18290 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18291
18292 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18293
18294
18295 \(fn)" nil nil)
18296
18297 ;;;***
18298 \f
18299 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20159
18300 ;;;;;; 42847))
18301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18302
18303 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18304
18305 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18306 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18307 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18308 followed by the first character of the construct.
18309 \\<m2-mode-map>
18310 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18311 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18312 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18313 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18314 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18315 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18316 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18317 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18318 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18319 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18320 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18321 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18322 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18323 \\[m2-link] link
18324
18325 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18326 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18327 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18328
18329 \(fn)" t nil)
18330
18331 ;;;***
18332 \f
18333 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18334 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20229 34587))
18335 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18336
18337 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18338 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18339
18340 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18341
18342 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18343 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18344
18345 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18346
18347 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18348 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18349
18350 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18351
18352 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18353 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18354
18355 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18356
18357 ;;;***
18358 \f
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18360 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20229 34587))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18362
18363 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18364 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18365
18366 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18367 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18368 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18369
18370 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18371 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18372 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18373
18374 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18375 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18376
18377 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18378 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18379 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18380 hemisphere you're in.)
18381
18382 To test this function, evaluate:
18383 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18384
18385 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18386
18387 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18388 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18389
18390 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18391 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18392
18393 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18394 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18395 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18396
18397 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18398 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18399
18400 To test this function, evaluate:
18401 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18402
18403 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18404
18405 ;;;***
18406 \f
18407 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (20229
18408 ;;;;;; 34587))
18409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18410
18411 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18412 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18413 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18414 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18415 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18416 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18417
18418 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18419
18420 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18421 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18422 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mouse Sel mode if ARG is
18423 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18424 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18425
18426 Mouse Sel mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, mouse
18427 selection is enhanced in various ways:
18428
18429 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18430 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18431 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18432 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18433 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18434
18435 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18436 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18437 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18438 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18439 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18440
18441 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18442 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18443
18444 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18445 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18446
18447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18448
18449 ;;;***
18450 \f
18451 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20229 34587))
18452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18453
18454 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18455 Main entry point for MPC.
18456
18457 \(fn)" t nil)
18458
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20229 34587))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18463
18464 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18465 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18466
18467 \(fn)" t nil)
18468
18469 ;;;***
18470 \f
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20229 34587))
18472 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18473
18474 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18475 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18476 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18478 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18479 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18480
18481 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18482
18483 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18484 Toggle Msb mode.
18485 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18486 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18487 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18488
18489 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18490 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18491
18492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18493
18494 ;;;***
18495 \f
18496 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18497 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18498 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18499 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18500 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18501 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18503
18504 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18505 Display a list of all character sets.
18506
18507 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18508 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18509 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18510 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18511 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18512
18513 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18514 but still shows the full information.
18515
18516 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18517
18518 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18519 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18520 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18521
18522 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18523 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18524 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18525 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18526 meanings of these arguments.
18527
18528 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18529
18530 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18531 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18532
18533 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18534
18535 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18536 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18537
18538 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18539
18540 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18541 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18542
18543 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18544
18545 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18546 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18547
18548 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18549 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18550 in place of `..':
18551 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18552 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18553 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18554 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18555 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18556 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18557 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18558 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18559 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18560 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18561 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18562 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18563 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18564 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18565 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18566 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18567
18568 \(fn)" t nil)
18569
18570 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18571 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18572
18573 \(fn)" t nil)
18574
18575 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18576 Display a list of all coding systems.
18577 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18578
18579 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18580 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18581
18582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18583
18584 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display a list of all coding categories.
18586
18587 \(fn)" nil nil)
18588
18589 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18591 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18592
18593 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18594
18595 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18596 Display information about FONTSET.
18597 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18598
18599 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18600
18601 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18602 Display a list of all fontsets.
18603 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18604 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18605 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18606
18607 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18608
18609 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18610 Display information about all input methods.
18611
18612 \(fn)" t nil)
18613
18614 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18615 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18616
18617 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18618 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18619 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18620 system which uses fontsets).
18621
18622 \(fn)" t nil)
18623
18624 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18625 Show log of font listing and opening.
18626 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18627 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18628
18629 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18630
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18634 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18635 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18636 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18637 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18638 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20229 34587))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18640
18641 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18642 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18643 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18644
18645 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18646
18647 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18648
18649 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18650 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18651
18652 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18653 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18654
18655 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18656 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18657
18658 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18659
18660 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18661 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18662 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18663 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18664 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18665 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18666 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18667
18668 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18669 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18670 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18671 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18672 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18673 middle of a character in STR.
18674
18675 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18676 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18677
18678 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18679 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18680 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18681 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18682 defaults to \"...\".
18683
18684 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18685
18686 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18687 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18688
18689 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18690 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18691 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18692
18693 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18694 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18695 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18696
18697 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18698 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18699 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18700 are considered.
18701 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18702 longer than KEYSEQ.
18703 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18704
18705 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18706
18707 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18708 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18709 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18710 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18711 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18712 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18713 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18714 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18715 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18716 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18717 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18718
18719 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18720
18721 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18722 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18723
18724 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18725
18726 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18727 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18728
18729 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18730
18731 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18732 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18733
18734 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18737 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18738
18739 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18740
18741 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18742 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18743 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18744 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18745 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18746
18747 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18748 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18749
18750 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18751 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18752 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18753 coding systems ordered by priority.
18754
18755 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18756
18757 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18758 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18759 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18760 language environment LANG-ENV.
18761
18762 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18763
18764 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18765 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18766 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18767 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18768 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18769 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18770
18771 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18772
18773 ;;;***
18774 \f
18775 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18776 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18777 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18778 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20229
18779 ;;;;;; 34587))
18780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18781
18782 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18783 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18784
18785 \(fn)" t nil)
18786
18787 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18788 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18789
18790 \(fn)" t nil)
18791
18792 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18793 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18794
18795 \(fn)" t nil)
18796
18797 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18798 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18799
18800 \(fn)" t nil)
18801
18802 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18803 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18804
18805 \(fn)" t nil)
18806
18807 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18808 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18809
18810 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18811
18812 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18813 Ping HOST.
18814 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18815 `ping-program-options'.
18816
18817 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18818
18819 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18820 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18821
18822 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18823
18824 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18825 Run nslookup program.
18826
18827 \(fn)" t nil)
18828
18829 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18830 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18831
18832 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18833
18834 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18835 Run dig program.
18836
18837 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18840 Run ftp program.
18841
18842 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18843
18844 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18845 Finger USER on HOST.
18846
18847 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18848
18849 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18850 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18851 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18852 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18853
18854 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18855
18856 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18857
18858
18859 \(fn)" t nil)
18860
18861 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18862 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18863
18864 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18865
18866 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18867 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18868
18869 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18870
18871 ;;;***
18872 \f
18873 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20279
18874 ;;;;;; 40897))
18875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18876
18877 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18878 Return a user name/password pair.
18879 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18880 listed in the PORTS list.
18881
18882 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18883
18884 ;;;***
18885 \f
18886 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18887 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18889
18890 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18891 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18892 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18893 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18894 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18895 closes it.
18896
18897 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18898 make it unique.
18899 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18900 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18901 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18902 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18903 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18904 a port number to connect to.
18905
18906 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18907 values:
18908
18909 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18910 nil or `network'
18911 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18912 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18913 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18914 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18915 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18916 an unencrypted connection.
18917 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18918 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18919 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18920 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18921 returned object is a killed process.
18922 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18923 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18924 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18925
18926 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18927 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18928 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18929 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18930 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18931 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18932 or nil if none could be found.
18933 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18934 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18935
18936 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18937
18938 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18939 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18940 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18941
18942 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18943 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18944 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18945
18946 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18947 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18948 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18949
18950 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18951 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18952 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18953 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18954
18955 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18956 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18957
18958 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18959 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18960 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18961 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18962 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18963 or STARTTLS connections.
18964
18965 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18966 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18967 functionality.
18968
18969 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18970 asynchronously, if possible.
18971
18972 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18973
18974 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18975
18976 ;;;***
18977 \f
18978 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18979 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18980 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18981 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18982 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18983 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20296 49978))
18984 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18985
18986 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18987
18988 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18989
18990 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18991
18992 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18993
18994 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18995 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18996 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18997 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18998 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18999 Major modes should set this variable.")
19000
19001 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19002 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19003 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19004 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19005 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19006 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19007
19008 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19009 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19010
19011 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19012 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19013 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19014
19015 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19016 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19017 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19018 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19019 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19020
19021 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19022 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
19023 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19024
19025 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
19026 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19027 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19028 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19029
19030 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19031 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19032 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19033 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19034 column indentation or nil.
19035 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19036
19037 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19038 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19039 The function has no args.
19040
19041 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19042 comments always start in column zero.")
19043
19044 (defconst comment-styles '((plain nil nil nil nil "Start in column 0 (do not indent), as in Emacs-20") (indent-or-triple nil nil nil multi-char "Start in column 0, but only for single-char starters") (indent nil nil nil t "Full comment per line, ends not aligned") (aligned nil t nil t "Full comment per line, ends aligned") (box nil t t t "Full comment per line, ends aligned, + top and bottom") (extra-line t nil t t "One comment for all lines, end on a line by itself") (multi-line t nil nil t "One comment for all lines, end on last commented line") (box-multi t t t t "One comment for all lines, + top and bottom")) "\
19045 Comment region style definitions.
19046 Each style is defined with a form (STYLE . (MULTI ALIGN EXTRA INDENT DOC)).
19047 DOC should succinctly describe the style.
19048 STYLE should be a mnemonic symbol.
19049 MULTI specifies that comments are allowed to span multiple lines.
19050 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19051 /* blabla
19052 * bli */
19053 rather than
19054 /* blabla */
19055 /* bli */
19056 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect.
19057
19058 ALIGN specifies that the `comment-end' markers should be aligned.
19059 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19060 /* blabla */
19061 /* bli */
19062 rather than
19063 /* blabla */
19064 /* bli */
19065 if `comment-end' is empty, this has no effect, unless EXTRA is also set,
19066 in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19067
19068 EXTRA specifies that an extra line should be used before and after the
19069 region to comment (to put the `comment-end' and `comment-start').
19070 e.g. in C it comments regions as
19071 /*
19072 * blabla
19073 * bli
19074 */
19075 rather than
19076 /* blabla
19077 * bli */
19078 if the comment style is not multi line, this has no effect, unless ALIGN
19079 is also set, in which case the comment gets wrapped in a box.
19080
19081 INDENT specifies that the `comment-start' markers should not be put at the
19082 left margin but at the current indentation of the region to comment.
19083 If INDENT is `multi-char', that means indent multi-character
19084 comment starters, but not one-character comment starters.")
19085
19086 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
19087 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19088 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19089
19090 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19091
19092 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
19093 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19094 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19095 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19096
19097 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19098 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19099
19100 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19101
19102 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19103 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19104 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19105 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19106 customize this variable.
19107
19108 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19109 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19110
19111 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19112
19113 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19114 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19115 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19116 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19117 the variables are properly set.
19118
19119 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19120
19121 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19122 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19123
19124 \(fn)" nil nil)
19125
19126 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19127 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19128 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19129
19130 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19131
19132 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19133 Set the comment column based on point.
19134 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19135 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19136 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19137 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19138
19139 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19140
19141 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19142 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19143 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19144
19145 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19146
19147 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19148 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19149 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19150 comment markers.
19151
19152 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19153
19154 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19155 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19156 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19157 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19158 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19159
19160 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19161 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19162 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19163
19164 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19165 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19166 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19167 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19168 changed with `comment-style'.
19169
19170 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19171
19172 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19173 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19174 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19175 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19176
19177 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19178
19179 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19180 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19181 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19182 is passed on to the respective function.
19183
19184 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19185
19186 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19187 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19188 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19189 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19190 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19191 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19192 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19193 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19194 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19195 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19196
19197 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19198
19199 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19200 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19201 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19202
19203 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19204
19205 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19206 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19207 This indents the body of the continued comment
19208 under the previous comment line.
19209
19210 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19211 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19212 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19213
19214 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19215 or comment indentation.
19216
19217 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19218 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19219
19220 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19221
19222 ;;;***
19223 \f
19224 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19225 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20229 34587))
19226 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19227
19228 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19229 Check whether newsticker is running.
19230 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19231 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19232
19233 \(fn)" nil nil)
19234
19235 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19236 Start the newsticker.
19237 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19238 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19239 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19240 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19241
19242 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19243
19244 ;;;***
19245 \f
19246 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19247 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19249
19250 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19251 Start newsticker plainview.
19252
19253 \(fn)" t nil)
19254
19255 ;;;***
19256 \f
19257 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19258 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19259 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19260
19261 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19262 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19263
19264 \(fn)" t nil)
19265
19266 ;;;***
19267 \f
19268 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19269 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20229 34587))
19270 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19271
19272 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19273 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19274 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19275 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19276 empty.
19277
19278 \(fn)" nil nil)
19279
19280 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19281 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19282 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19283 running already.
19284
19285 \(fn)" t nil)
19286
19287 ;;;***
19288 \f
19289 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19290 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19291 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19292
19293 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19294 Start newsticker treeview.
19295
19296 \(fn)" t nil)
19297
19298 ;;;***
19299 \f
19300 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19301 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19303
19304 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19305 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19306
19307 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19308
19309 ;;;***
19310 \f
19311 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20229
19312 ;;;;;; 34587))
19313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19314
19315 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19316 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19317 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19318 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19319 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19320 symbol in the alist.
19321
19322 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19323
19324 ;;;***
19325 \f
19326 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19327 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19328 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19329
19330 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19331 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19332 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19333
19334 \(fn)" t nil)
19335
19336 ;;;***
19337 \f
19338 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19339 ;;;;;; (20280 61753))
19340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19341
19342 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19343 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19344
19345 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19346
19347 ;;;***
19348 \f
19349 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19350 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20229 34587))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19352
19353 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19354 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19355 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19356
19357 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19358
19359 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19360
19361
19362 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19363
19364 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19365 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19366 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19367 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19368 to future sessions.
19369
19370 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19371
19372 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19373 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19374 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19375 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19376 to future sessions.
19377
19378 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19379
19380 ;;;***
19381 \f
19382 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19383 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19385
19386 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19387 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19388 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19389 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19390 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19391 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19392
19393 \(fn)" t nil)
19394
19395 ;;;***
19396 \f
19397 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19398 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19400
19401 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19402 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19403 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19404 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19405
19406 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19407
19408 ;;;***
19409 \f
19410 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20229
19411 ;;;;;; 34587))
19412 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19413
19414 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19415 Major mode for editing XML.
19416
19417 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19418 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19419 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19420 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19421 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19422 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19423 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19424
19425 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19426
19427 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19428 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19429
19430 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19431 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19432 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19433 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19434 instead of C-c.
19435
19436 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19437 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19438 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19439 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19440 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19441 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19442
19443 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19444 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19445 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19446
19447 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19448 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19449 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19450
19451 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19452 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19453 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19454 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19455 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19456 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19457 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19458 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19459 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19460
19461 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19462
19463 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19464 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19465
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19467
19468 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19469
19470 ;;;***
19471 \f
19472 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19473 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20229 34587))
19474 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19475
19476 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19477 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19478 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19479 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19480
19481 \(fn)" t nil)
19482
19483 ;;;***
19484 \f
19485 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19486 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19487 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree
19488 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-buffer org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19489 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19490 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19491 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19492 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19493 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19494 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19495 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19496 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20230 13182))
19497 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19498
19499 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19500
19501
19502 \(fn)" nil nil)
19503
19504 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19505
19506
19507 \(fn)" t nil)
19508
19509 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19510 Display information on the current source block.
19511 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19512 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19513
19514 \(fn)" t nil)
19515
19516 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19517 Conditionally expand a source block.
19518 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19519 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19520
19521 \(fn)" t nil)
19522
19523 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19524 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19525 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19526 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19527
19528 \(fn)" t nil)
19529
19530 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19531 Conditionally pop to a session.
19532 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19533 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19534
19535 \(fn)" t nil)
19536
19537 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19538 Execute the current source code block.
19539 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19540 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19541 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19542
19543 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19544 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19545
19546 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19547 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19548
19549 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19550 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19551 block.
19552
19553 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19554
19555 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19556 Expand the current source code block.
19557 Expand according to the source code block's header
19558 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19559
19560 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19561
19562 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19563 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19564
19565 \(fn)" t nil)
19566
19567 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19568 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19569
19570 \(fn)" t nil)
19571
19572 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19573 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19574 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19575 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19576 session.
19577
19578 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19579
19580 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19581 Initiate session for current code block.
19582 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19583 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19584 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19585
19586 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19587
19588 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19589 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19590 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19591 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19592 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19593
19594 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19595
19596 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19597 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19598
19599 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19600
19601 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19602 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19603 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19604 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19605 results already exist.
19606
19607 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19608
19609 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19610 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19611 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19612 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19613 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19614
19615 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19616 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19617 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19618 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19619 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19620 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19621 switches --------- string holding the switches
19622 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19623 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19624 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19625 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19626 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19627 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19628 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19629 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19630
19631 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19632
19633 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19634
19635 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19636 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19637 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19638 buffer.
19639
19640 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19641
19642 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19643
19644 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19645 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19646 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19647 buffer.
19648
19649 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19650
19651 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19652
19653 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19654 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19655 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19656 the current buffer.
19657
19658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19661 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19662 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19663 the current subtree.
19664
19665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19668 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19669
19670 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19671
19672 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19673 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19674
19675 \(fn)" t nil)
19676
19677 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19678 Go to a named source-code block.
19679
19680 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19681
19682 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19683 Go to a named result.
19684
19685 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19686
19687 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19688 Jump to the next source block.
19689 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19690
19691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19692
19693 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19694 Jump to the previous source block.
19695 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19696
19697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19698
19699 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19700 Mark current src block
19701
19702 \(fn)" t nil)
19703
19704 ;;;***
19705 \f
19706 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19707 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19708 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19709
19710 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19711 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19712
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19714
19715 ;;;***
19716 \f
19717 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19718 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20229 34587))
19719 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19720
19721 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19722 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19723 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19724
19725 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19726
19727 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19728 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19729 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19730 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19731
19732 \(fn)" t nil)
19733
19734 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19735 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19736
19737 \(fn)" nil nil)
19738
19739 ;;;***
19740 \f
19741 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19742 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19743 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
19744 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19745
19746 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19747 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19748 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19749 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19750 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19751 then the name of the language is used.")
19752
19753 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19754
19755 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19756 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19757 This function exports the source code using
19758 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19759 `load-file'.
19760
19761 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19762
19763 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19764 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19765 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19766 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19767 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19768 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19769
19770 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19771
19772 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19773 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19774 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19775 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19776 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19777 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19778 exported source code blocks by language.
19779
19780 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19781
19782 ;;;***
19783 \f
19784 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19785 ;;;;;; (20291 32066))
19786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19787
19788 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19789 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19790 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19791
19792 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19793
19794 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19795 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19796
19797 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19798 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19799 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19800
19801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19802
19803 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19804
19805 ;;;***
19806 \f
19807 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19808 ;;;;;; (20291 32066))
19809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19810
19811 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19812 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19813
19814 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19815 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19816 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19817 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19818
19819 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19820 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19821 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19822 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19823 is why you need this mode!).
19824
19825 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19826 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19827 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19828
19829 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19830
19831 Keybindings
19832 ===========
19833
19834 \\{octave-mode-map}
19835
19836 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19837 ==============================================
19838
19839 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19840 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19841 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19842
19843 `octave-block-offset'
19844 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19845 Default is 2.
19846
19847 `octave-continuation-offset'
19848 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19849 Default is 4.
19850
19851 `octave-continuation-string'
19852 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19853 Default is a backslash.
19854
19855 `octave-send-echo-input'
19856 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19857 command to the inferior Octave process.
19858
19859 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19860 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19861 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19862
19863 `octave-send-echo-input'
19864 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19865
19866 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19867
19868 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19869 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19870
19871 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19872
19873 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19874 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19875
19876 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19877 (lambda ()
19878 (abbrev-mode 1)
19879 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19880
19881 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19882 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19883 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19884 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19885
19886 \(fn)" t nil)
19887
19888 ;;;***
19889 \f
19890 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19891 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19892 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19893 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19894 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19895 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19896 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
19897 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19900 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19901
19902 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19903
19904 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19905 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19906 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19907
19908 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19909 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19910 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19911 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19912 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19913 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19914 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19915 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19916 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19917 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19918
19919 The following commands are available:
19920
19921 \\{org-mode-map}
19922
19923 \(fn)" t nil)
19924
19925 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19926
19927 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19928 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19929 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19930 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19931
19932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19933
19934 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19935 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19936 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19937 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19938 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19939 defined by Org-mode).
19940
19941 M-up Move entry/item up
19942 M-down Move entry/item down
19943 M-left Promote
19944 M-right Demote
19945 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19946 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19947 M-S-left Promote subtree
19948 M-S-right Demote subtree
19949 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19950 C-c ^ Sort entries
19951 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19952 TAB Cycle item visibility
19953 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19954 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19955 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19956
19957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19958
19959 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19960 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19961
19962 \(fn)" nil nil)
19963
19964 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19965 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19966
19967 \(fn)" nil nil)
19968
19969 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19970 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19971 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19972 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19973 call CMD.
19974
19975 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19976
19977 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19978 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19979 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19980 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19981
19982 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19983 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19984 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19985
19986 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19987
19988 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19989 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19990 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19991
19992 \(fn)" t nil)
19993
19994 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19995 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19996 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19997 Org-mode syntax.
19998
19999 \(fn)" t nil)
20000
20001 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
20002 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
20003
20004 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
20005
20006 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
20007 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
20008
20009 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
20010 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
20011 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
20012 returned as a list.
20013
20014 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
20015 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
20016 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
20017 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
20018 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
20019 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
20020 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
20021 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
20022 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
20023 position.
20024
20025 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
20026 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
20027 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
20028 visited by the iteration.
20029
20030 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
20031
20032 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
20033 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
20034 region The entries within the active region, if any
20035 region-start-level
20036 The entries within the active region, but only those at
20037 the same level than the first one.
20038 file The current buffer, without restriction
20039 file-with-archives
20040 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
20041 agenda All agenda files
20042 agenda-with-archives
20043 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
20044 \(file1 file2 ...)
20045 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
20046
20047 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
20048 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
20049
20050 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
20051 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
20052 function or Emacs Lisp form:
20053 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
20054 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
20055 entry and search will continue from the point where the
20056 function leaves it.
20057
20058 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
20059 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
20060 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
20061 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
20062 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
20063 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
20064 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
20065 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
20066
20067 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
20068
20069 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
20070 Switch between Org buffers.
20071 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
20072 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
20073
20074 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
20075 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
20076
20077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20078
20079 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
20080
20081 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
20082
20083 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
20084 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
20085 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
20086 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
20087
20088 \(fn)" t nil)
20089
20090 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
20091 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
20092
20093 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20094
20095 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20096 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20097 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20098
20099 \(fn)" t nil)
20100
20101 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
20102
20103
20104 \(fn)" t nil)
20105
20106 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20107 Reload all org lisp files.
20108 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20109
20110 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20111
20112 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20113 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20114
20115 \(fn)" t nil)
20116
20117 ;;;***
20118 \f
20119 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
20120 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
20121 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
20122 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
20123 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20236 7740))
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20125
20126 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20127 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20128 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20129 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20130
20131 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20132 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20133 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20134 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20135 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20136 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20137 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20138 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20139 e Export views to associated files.
20140 s Search entries for keywords.
20141 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20142 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20143 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20144 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20145 > Remove a previous restriction.
20146 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20147 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20148 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20149
20150 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20151 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20152 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20153
20154 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20155 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20156 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20157 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20158 \(if active).
20159
20160 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20161
20162 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20163 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20164 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20165 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20166 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20167 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20168 before running the agenda command.
20169
20170 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20171
20172 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20173 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20174 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20175 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20176 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20177 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20178 before running the agenda command.
20179
20180 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20181 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20182
20183 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20184
20185 category The category of the item
20186 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20187 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20188 todo selected in TODO match
20189 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20190 diary imported from diary
20191 deadline a deadline on given date
20192 scheduled scheduled on given date
20193 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20194 closed entry was closed on given date
20195 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20196 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20197 block entry has date block including g. date
20198 todo The todo keyword, if any
20199 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20200 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20201 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20202 extra Sting with extra planning info
20203 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20204 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20205 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20206
20207 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20208
20209 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20210
20211
20212 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20213
20214 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20215 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20216
20217 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20218
20219 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20220 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20221 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20222 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20223
20224 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20225 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20226 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20227
20228 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20229 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20230
20231 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20232
20233 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20234 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20235
20236 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20237 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20238 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20239 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20240 EDIT-AT.
20241
20242 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20243 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20244 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20245 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20246 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20247 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20248
20249 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20250 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20251 including newlines.
20252
20253 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20254 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20255 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20256 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20257 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20258 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20259 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20260
20261 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20262 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20263 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20264 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20265
20266 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20267 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20268 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20269 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20270 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20271 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20272 Boolean search must match as full words.
20273
20274 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20275 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20276
20277 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20278
20279 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20280 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20281 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20282 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20283 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20284 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20285
20286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20287
20288 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20289 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20290 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20291
20292 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20293
20294 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20295 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20296 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20297 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20298 `org-stuck-projects'.
20299
20300 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20301
20302 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20303 Return diary information from org-files.
20304 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20305 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20306 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20307 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20308 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20309
20310 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20311
20312 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20313
20314 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20315 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20316
20317 &%%(org-diary)
20318
20319 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20320 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20321 So the example above may also be written as
20322
20323 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20324
20325 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20326 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20327 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20328
20329 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20330
20331 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20332 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20333
20334 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20335
20336 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20337 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20338 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20339
20340 \(fn)" t nil)
20341
20342 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20343 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20344 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20345 appointments.
20346
20347 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20348 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20349
20350 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20351 for filtering entries out.
20352
20353 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20354 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20355 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20356
20357 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20358 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20359
20360 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20361 (category \"Work\"))
20362
20363 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20364 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20365
20366 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20367 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20368 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20369 details and examples.
20370
20371 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20372
20373 ;;;***
20374 \f
20375 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20376 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20377 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20379
20380 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20381 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20382 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20383
20384 \(fn)" t nil)
20385
20386 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20387 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20388 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20389
20390 \(fn)" t nil)
20391
20392 ;;;***
20393 \f
20394 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20395 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20396 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20397 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20229
20398 ;;;;;; 34587))
20399 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20400
20401 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20402 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20403
20404 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20405
20406 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20407 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20408
20409 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20410
20411 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20412 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20413
20414 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20415
20416 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20417 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20418
20419 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20420
20421 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20422 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20423 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20424
20425 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20426
20427 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20428 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20429 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20430 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20431 command to convert it.
20432
20433 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20436 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20437 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20438 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20439 cut-and-paste operations.
20440 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20441 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20442 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20443 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20444
20445 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20446
20447 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20448 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20449
20450 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20451
20452 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20453 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20454 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20455 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20456 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20457 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20458 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20459 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20460 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20461 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20462 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20463 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20464 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20465 publishing directory.
20466
20467 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20468
20469 ;;;***
20470 \f
20471 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20229
20472 ;;;;;; 34587))
20473 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20474
20475 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20476 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20477 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20478
20479 \(fn)" t nil)
20480
20481 ;;;***
20482 \f
20483 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20484 ;;;;;; (20230 13182))
20485 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20486
20487 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20488 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20489
20490 \(fn)" nil nil)
20491
20492 ;;;***
20493 \f
20494 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20495 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20236 7740))
20496 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20497
20498 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20499 Capture something.
20500 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20501 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20502 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20503 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20504 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20505 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20506
20507 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20508 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20509 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20510 stored.
20511
20512 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20513
20514 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20515 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20516 bypassed.
20517
20518 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20519
20520 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20521
20522
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524
20525 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20526 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20527
20528 \(fn)" t nil)
20529
20530 ;;;***
20531 \f
20532 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20533 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20236 7740))
20534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20535
20536 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20537 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20538 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20539 fontified, and then returned.
20540
20541 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20544 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20545
20546 \(fn)" nil nil)
20547
20548 ;;;***
20549 \f
20550 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20551 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20229 34587))
20552 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20553
20554 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20555 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20556 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20557 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20558 tree can be found.
20559
20560 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20561
20562 ;;;***
20563 \f
20564 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20565 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20566 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20567 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20229 34587))
20568 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20569
20570 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20571 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20572 This function can be used in batch processing.
20573
20574 For example:
20575
20576 $ emacs --batch
20577 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20578 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20579
20580 \(fn)" nil nil)
20581
20582 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20583 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20584 No file is created.
20585
20586 \(fn)" t nil)
20587
20588 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20589 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20590 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20591 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20592 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20593 then use this command to convert it.
20594
20595 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20596
20597 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20598 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20599 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20600 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20601 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20602 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20603 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20604 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20605 could call this function in the following way:
20606
20607 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20608
20609 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20610 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20611
20612 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20615 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20616
20617 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20620 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20621
20622 \(fn)" t nil)
20623
20624 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20625 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20626 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20627 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20628 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20629 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20630 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20631 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20632 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20633 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20634 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20635 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20636 publishing directory.
20637
20638 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20639
20640 ;;;***
20641 \f
20642 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20643 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20644 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
20645 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20646
20647 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20648 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20649 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20650 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20651 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20652
20653 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20654 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20655 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20656
20657 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20658 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20659 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20660
20661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20662
20663 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20664 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20665 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20666 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20667 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20668 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20669 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20670 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20671 command.
20672
20673 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20674
20675 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20676 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20677 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20678 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20679 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20680
20681 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20682 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20683 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20684 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20685
20686 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20687 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20688 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20689
20690 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20691 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20692 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20693 directory.
20694
20695 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20696
20697 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20698 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20699
20700 \(fn)" t nil)
20701
20702 ;;;***
20703 \f
20704 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20705 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20229
20706 ;;;;;; 34587))
20707 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20708
20709 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20710 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20711
20712 \(fn)" t nil)
20713
20714 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20715 Get inbox items from FEED.
20716 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20717 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20718
20719 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20720
20721 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20722 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20723
20724 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20725
20726 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20727 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20728
20729 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20730
20731 ;;;***
20732 \f
20733 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20734 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20282 42537))
20735 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20736
20737 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20738 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20739
20740 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20741
20742 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20743 to create them otherwise.
20744
20745 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20746 interactively.
20747
20748 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20749
20750 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20751
20752 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20753 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20754
20755 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20756 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20757 Org-mode exporters.
20758
20759 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20760 referenced sequence.
20761
20762 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20763 export properties of the buffer.
20764
20765 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20766 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20767 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20768 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20769 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20770 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20771
20772 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20773 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20774 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20775 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20776 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20777
20778 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20779
20780 ;;;***
20781 \f
20782 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20783 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20784 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20785 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20229 34587))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20787
20788 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20789 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20790 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20791 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20792 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20793 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20794 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20795 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20796 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20797 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20798 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20799 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20800 directory.
20801
20802 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20803
20804 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20805
20806 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20807 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20808
20809 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20810
20811 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20812 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20813 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20814
20815 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20816
20817 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20818 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20819 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20820 have them in `org-mode'.
20821
20822 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20823 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20824 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20825 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20826 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20827 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20828
20829 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20832 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20833
20834 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20835
20836 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20837 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20838
20839 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20840
20841 ;;;***
20842 \f
20843 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20844 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20845 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20846 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20229 34587))
20847 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20848
20849 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20850
20851 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20852
20853 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20854
20855 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20856 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20857 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20858 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20859 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20860
20861 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20862
20863 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20864 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20865 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20866 emacs --batch
20867 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20868 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20869 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20870
20871 \(fn)" nil nil)
20872
20873 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20874 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20875 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20876
20877 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20878
20879 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20880 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20881 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20882 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20883 command to convert it.
20884
20885 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20886
20887 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20888 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20889 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20890 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20891 cut-and-paste operations.
20892 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20893 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20894 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20895 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20896
20897 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20898
20899 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20900 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20901
20902 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20905 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20906 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20907 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20908 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20909 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20910 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20911 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20912 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20913 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20914 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20915 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20916 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20917 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20918 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20919
20920 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20921
20922 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20923 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20924 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20925 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20926 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20927 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20928 need into your CSS file.
20929
20930 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20931 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20932 that uses these same face definitions.
20933
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20935
20936 ;;;***
20937 \f
20938 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20939 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20940 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20942
20943 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20944 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20945 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20946 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20947
20948 \(fn)" t nil)
20949
20950 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20951 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20952 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20953 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20954
20955 \(fn)" t nil)
20956
20957 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20958 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20959 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20960
20961 \(fn)" t nil)
20962
20963 ;;;***
20964 \f
20965 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20966 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20967 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20968 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
20969 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20970
20971 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20972 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20973 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20974 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20975
20976 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20979 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20980 Create an ID if necessary.
20981
20982 \(fn)" t nil)
20983
20984 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20985 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20986 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20987 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20988 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20989 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20990 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20991
20992 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20993
20994 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20995 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20996 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20997 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20998 eligible.
20999 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21000
21001 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21002
21003 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
21004 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
21005 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
21006 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
21007
21008 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
21011 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
21012 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
21013
21014 \(fn ID)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
21017 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
21018 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
21019 if there is no entry with that ID.
21020 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
21021
21022 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
21023
21024 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
21025 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
21026
21027 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
21028
21029 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
21030 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
21031
21032 \(fn)" t nil)
21033
21034 ;;;***
21035 \f
21036 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
21037 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21038 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
21039
21040 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
21041 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
21042
21043 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
21044 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
21045
21046 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
21047 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
21048 during idle time.
21049
21050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21051
21052 ;;;***
21053 \f
21054 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
21055 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21056 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
21057
21058 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
21059 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
21060
21061 \(fn)" nil nil)
21062
21063 ;;;***
21064 \f
21065 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
21066 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
21067 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
21068 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21069 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
21070
21071 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
21072 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
21073 For example:
21074
21075 emacs --batch
21076 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21077 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21078 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
21079
21080 \(fn)" nil nil)
21081
21082 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
21083 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
21084 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
21085
21086 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21087
21088 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
21089 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
21090 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
21091 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
21092 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
21093 then use this command to convert it.
21094
21095 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21096
21097 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21098 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
21099 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21100 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21101 cut-and-paste operations.
21102 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21103 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21104 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
21105 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21106
21107 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
21108
21109 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21110 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21111
21112 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
21115 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
21116 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21117 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21118 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
21119 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
21120 convert them as description lists.
21121 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21122 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
21123 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
21124 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
21125 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
21126 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
21127 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
21128 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
21129 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
21130 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
21131 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21132
21133 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21134
21135 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21136 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21137
21138 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21139
21140 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21141 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21142
21143 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21144
21145 ;;;***
21146 \f
21147 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
21148 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
21149 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
21151
21152 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
21153 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
21154 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21155 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21156 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21157 lists.
21158
21159 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
21160
21161 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
21162 Call the function `org-lparse'.
21163 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21164 emacs --batch
21165 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21166 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21167 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21168
21169 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21170
21171 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21172 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21173 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21174 `org-lparse'.
21175
21176 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21177
21178 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21179 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21180 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21181 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21182 this command to convert it.
21183
21184 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21187 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21188 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21189 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21190 cut-and-paste operations.
21191 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21192 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21193 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21194 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21195
21196 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21197
21198 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21199 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21200
21201 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21202
21203 ;;;***
21204 \f
21205 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21206 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20230
21207 ;;;;;; 13182))
21208 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21209
21210 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21211 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21212 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21213 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21214
21215 \(fn)" t nil)
21216
21217 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21218 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21219 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21220 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21221
21222 \(fn)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21225 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21226
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21228
21229 ;;;***
21230 \f
21231 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21232 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-region-as-odt org-replace-region-by-odt
21233 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt-to-buffer org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21234 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20236 7740))
21235 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21236
21237 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21238 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21239 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21240 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21241 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21242
21243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21244
21245 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21246 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21247 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21248 emacs --batch
21249 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21250 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21251 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21252
21253 \(fn)" nil nil)
21254
21255 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-to-buffer "org-odt" "\
21256 Call `org-lparse-odt` with output to a temporary buffer.
21257 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-lparse-to-buffer'.
21258
21259 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-odt "org-odt" "\
21262 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to ODT.
21263 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21264 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an ODT buffer and then use this
21265 command to convert it.
21266
21267 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21270 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to ODT.
21271 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21272 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21273 cut-and-paste operations.
21274 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21275 of the converted ODT. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21276 produced ODT as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21277 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21278
21279 (setq odt (org-export-region-as-odt beg end t 'string))
21280
21281 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21282 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21283
21284 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
21285
21286 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21287 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21288 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21289 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21290 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21291 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21292 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21293 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21294 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21295 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21296 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21297 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21298 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21299 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21300 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21301
21302 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21305 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21306 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21307 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21308 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21309 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21310 using `org-open-file'.
21311
21312 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21315 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21316 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21317 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21318 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21319 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21320 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21321 non-nil.
21322
21323 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21324
21325 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21326 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21327 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21328 formula file.
21329
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21331
21332 ;;;***
21333 \f
21334 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21335 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21336 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21337
21338 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21339 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21340 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21341 line directly before or after the table.
21342
21343 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21344
21345 ;;;***
21346 \f
21347 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21348 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21349 ;;;;;; (20236 7740))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21351
21352 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21353
21354 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21355 Publish PROJECT.
21356
21357 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21358
21359 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21360 Publish all projects.
21361 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21362 directory and force publishing all files.
21363
21364 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21367 Publish the current file.
21368 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21369
21370 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21373 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21374 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21375 the project.
21376
21377 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21378
21379 ;;;***
21380 \f
21381 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21382 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21383 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20229 34587))
21384 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21385
21386 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21387 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21388
21389 \(fn)" nil nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21392 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21393 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21394 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21395 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21396
21397 \(fn)" nil nil)
21398
21399 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21400 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21401 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21402 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21403
21404 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21407 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21408 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21409 of the remember buffer.
21410
21411 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21412 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21413 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21414 note stored by remember.
21415
21416 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21417 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21418
21419 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21422 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21423 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21424 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21425 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21426 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21427 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21428 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21429 process is used to select the target location.
21430
21431 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21432 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21433
21434 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21435 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21436 currently running.
21437
21438 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21439 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21440 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21441 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21442
21443 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21444 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21445 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21446 some additional data.
21447
21448 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21449 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21450 \(i.e. after the stars).
21451
21452 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21453
21454 \(fn)" nil nil)
21455
21456 ;;;***
21457 \f
21458 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21459 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20236 7740))
21460 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21461
21462 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21463 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21464
21465 \(fn)" nil nil)
21466
21467 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21468 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21469
21470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21471
21472 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21473 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21474 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21475 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21476 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21477
21478 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21479
21480 ;;;***
21481 \f
21482 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21483 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20236 7740))
21484 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21485
21486 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21487 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21488 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21489 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21490 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21491 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21492 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21493 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21494 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21495 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21496 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21497 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21498
21499 \(fn)" t nil)
21500
21501 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21502 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21503 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21504
21505 \(fn)" t nil)
21506
21507 ;;;***
21508 \f
21509 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21510 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21511 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21512 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21513
21514 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21515 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21516 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21517 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21518 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21519 without user interaction.
21520 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21521 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21522 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21523 the region 0:00:00.
21524
21525 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21526
21527 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21528 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21529 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21530 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21531 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21532 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21533 that was not started at the correct moment.
21534
21535 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21536 it in the buffer.
21537
21538 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21539
21540 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21541 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21542
21543 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21544
21545 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21546 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21547
21548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21549
21550 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21551 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21552
21553 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21554 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21555 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21556
21557 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21558 the duration of the timer.
21559
21560 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21561 without prompting the user for a duration.
21562
21563 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21564 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21565 replace any running timer.
21566
21567 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21568
21569 ;;;***
21570 \f
21571 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21572 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21574
21575 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21576 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21577 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21578
21579 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21580
21581 ;;;***
21582 \f
21583 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21584 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21585 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21586 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21587 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21588
21589 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21590 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21591 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21592 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21593
21594 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21595 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21596 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21597 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21598
21599 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21600 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21601 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21602 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21603 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21604 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21605
21606 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21607 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21608 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21609
21610 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21611 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21612 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21613 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21614 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21615 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21616 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21617 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21618 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21619 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21620 The subheadings remain visible.
21621 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21622
21623 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21624 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21625 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21626
21627 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21628 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21629
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21631
21632 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21633 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21635 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21636 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21637
21638 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21639
21640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21641 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21642
21643 ;;;***
21644 \f
21645 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21646 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21647 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21648 ;;;;;; (20299 26170))
21649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21650
21651 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21652 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21653 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21654 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21655 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21656
21657 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21658 activate the package system at any time.")
21659
21660 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21661
21662 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21663 Install the package named NAME.
21664 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21665 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21666
21667 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21668
21669 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21670 Install a package from the current buffer.
21671 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21672 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21673 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21674
21675 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21676 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21677 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21678
21679 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21680
21681 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21682 Install a package from a file.
21683 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21684
21685 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21688 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21689 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21690 makes them available for download.
21691
21692 \(fn)" t nil)
21693
21694 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21695 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21696 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21697 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21698
21699 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21702 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21703
21704 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21705
21706 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21707 Display a list of packages.
21708 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21709 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21710 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21711
21712 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21713
21714 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21715
21716 ;;;***
21717 \f
21718 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20229 34587))
21719 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21720
21721 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21722 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21723 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21725 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21726 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21727
21728 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21731 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21735
21736 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21737 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21738 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21739
21740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21741
21742 ;;;***
21743 \f
21744 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21745 ;;;;;; (20296 49978))
21746 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21747 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21748
21749 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21750 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21751 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21752 unknown are returned as nil.
21753
21754 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21755
21756 ;;;***
21757 \f
21758 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20273
21759 ;;;;;; 55692))
21760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21761
21762 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21763 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21764 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21765
21766 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21767 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21768
21769 Other useful functions are:
21770
21771 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21772 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21773 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21774 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21775 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21776 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21777 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21778 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21779 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21780
21781 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21782
21783 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21784 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21785 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21786 Indentation for case statements.
21787 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21788 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21789 mark after an end.
21790 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21791 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21792 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21793 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21794 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21795 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21796 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21797 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21798 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21799 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21800
21801 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21802 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21803
21804 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21805 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21806
21807 \(fn)" t nil)
21808
21809 ;;;***
21810 \f
21811 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21812 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20229 34587))
21813 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21814
21815 (defvar password-cache t "\
21816 Whether to cache passwords.")
21817
21818 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21819
21820 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21821 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21822 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21823
21824 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21825
21826 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21827 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21828
21829 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21830
21831 ;;;***
21832 \f
21833 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21834 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
21835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21836
21837 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21838 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21839 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21840
21841 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21842 _ matches anything.
21843 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21844 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21845 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21846 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21847 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21848 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21849 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21850 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21851 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21852
21853 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21854 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21855 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21856 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21857 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21858 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21859
21860 PRED can take the form
21861 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21862 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21863 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21864 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21865 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21866 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21867 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21868
21869 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21870
21871 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21872
21873 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21874 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21875 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21876 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21877
21878 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21879
21880 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21881
21882 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21883 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21884 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21885 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21886
21887 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21888
21889 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21890
21891 ;;;***
21892 \f
21893 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20229
21894 ;;;;;; 34587))
21895 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21896
21897 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21898 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21899
21900 \(fn)" nil nil)
21901
21902 ;;;***
21903 \f
21904 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21905 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20254 62253))
21906 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21907
21908 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21909 Completion for `gzip'.
21910
21911 \(fn)" nil nil)
21912
21913 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21914 Completion for `bzip2'.
21915
21916 \(fn)" nil nil)
21917
21918 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21919 Completion for GNU `make'.
21920
21921 \(fn)" nil nil)
21922
21923 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21924 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21925
21926 \(fn)" nil nil)
21927
21928 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21929
21930 ;;;***
21931 \f
21932 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21933 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20229 34587))
21934 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21935
21936 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21937 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21938
21939 \(fn)" nil nil)
21940
21941 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21942 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21943
21944 \(fn)" nil nil)
21945
21946 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21947 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21948
21949 \(fn)" nil nil)
21950
21951 ;;;***
21952 \f
21953 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20229
21954 ;;;;;; 34587))
21955 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21956
21957 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21958 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21959
21960 \(fn)" nil nil)
21961
21962 ;;;***
21963 \f
21964 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21965 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21966 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20259 55615))
21967 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21968
21969 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21970 Completion for `cd'.
21971
21972 \(fn)" nil nil)
21973
21974 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21975
21976 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21977 Completion for `rmdir'.
21978
21979 \(fn)" nil nil)
21980
21981 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21982 Completion for `rm'.
21983
21984 \(fn)" nil nil)
21985
21986 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21987 Completion for `xargs'.
21988
21989 \(fn)" nil nil)
21990
21991 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21992
21993 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21994 Completion for `which'.
21995
21996 \(fn)" nil nil)
21997
21998 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21999 Completion for the `chown' command.
22000
22001 \(fn)" nil nil)
22002
22003 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22004 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
22005
22006 \(fn)" nil nil)
22007
22008 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
22009 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
22010
22011 \(fn)" nil nil)
22012
22013 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
22014 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
22015 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
22016
22017 \(fn)" nil nil)
22018
22019 ;;;***
22020 \f
22021 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
22022 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
22023 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20229
22024 ;;;;;; 34587))
22025 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
22026
22027 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
22028 Support extensible programmable completion.
22029 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
22030 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
22031
22032 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
22033
22034 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
22035 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
22036
22037 \(fn)" t nil)
22038
22039 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
22040 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22041 This will modify the current buffer.
22042
22043 \(fn)" t nil)
22044
22045 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
22046 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
22047
22048 \(fn)" t nil)
22049
22050 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
22051 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
22052 This will modify the current buffer.
22053
22054 \(fn)" t nil)
22055
22056 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
22057 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
22058
22059 \(fn)" t nil)
22060
22061 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
22062 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
22063
22064 \(fn)" t nil)
22065
22066 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
22067 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
22068 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
22069 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
22070 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
22071
22072 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
22073
22074 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
22075 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
22076
22077 \(fn)" nil nil)
22078
22079 ;;;***
22080 \f
22081 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
22082 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
22083 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20253 16827))
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
22085
22086 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
22087 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
22088 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
22089 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22090
22091 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
22092
22093 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
22094
22095 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
22096 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
22097 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22098 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22099 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22100 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22101 FLAGS is ignored.
22102
22103 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
22104
22105 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
22106 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
22107 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
22108 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22109 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22110 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22111 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22112 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22113
22114 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22115
22116 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
22117 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22118 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22119 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
22120 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22121 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22122 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
22123 passed to cvs.
22124
22125 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
22126
22127 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
22128 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
22129 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
22130 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
22131 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
22132 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
22133 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
22134
22135 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
22136
22137 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
22138 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
22139 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
22140
22141 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
22142
22143 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
22144 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
22145 A value of nil means never do it.
22146 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
22147 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
22148 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
22149
22150 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
22151
22152 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
22153 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
22154 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
22155
22156 ;;;***
22157 \f
22158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20229 34587))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
22160
22161 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
22162 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
22163
22164 ;;;***
22165 \f
22166 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
22167 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
22169 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22170 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22171 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22172 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22173 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22174 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22175
22176 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
22177 Major mode for editing Perl code.
22178 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
22179 Tab indents for Perl code.
22180 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
22181 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22182 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22183 \\{perl-mode-map}
22184 Variables controlling indentation style:
22185 `perl-tab-always-indent'
22186 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
22187 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22188 `perl-tab-to-comment'
22189 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
22190 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
22191 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
22192 `perl-nochange'
22193 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
22194 `perl-indent-level'
22195 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
22196 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22197 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22198 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22199 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22200 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22201 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22202 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22203 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22204 `perl-brace-offset'
22205 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22206 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22207 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22208 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22209 `perl-label-offset'
22210 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22211 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22212 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22213
22214 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22215 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22216 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22217 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22218 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22219 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22220 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22221
22222 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22223
22224 \(fn)" t nil)
22225
22226 ;;;***
22227 \f
22228 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22229 ;;;;;; (20291 63109))
22230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22231
22232 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22233 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22234 \\<picture-mode-map>
22235 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22236 afterwards settable by these commands:
22237
22238 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22239 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22240 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22241 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22242
22243 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22244 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22245 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22246 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22247
22248 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22249 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22250 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22251 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22252
22253 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22254 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22255 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22256 with these commands:
22257
22258 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22259 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22260 Move to column following last
22261 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22262 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22263 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22264 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22265 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22266 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22267
22268 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22269
22270 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22271 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22272 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22273 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22274 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22275 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22276
22277 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22278 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22279 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22280 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22281 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22282 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22283 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22284
22285 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22286 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22287 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22288 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22289 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22290 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22291 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22292 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22293
22294 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22295 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22296 by supplying an argument.
22297
22298 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22299
22300 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22301 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22302
22303 \(fn)" t nil)
22304
22305 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22306
22307 ;;;***
22308 \f
22309 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20229
22310 ;;;;;; 34587))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22312
22313 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22314 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22315
22316 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22317
22318 ;;;***
22319 \f
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22321 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22323
22324 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22325 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22326 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22327
22328 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22329
22330 ;;;***
22331 \f
22332 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20229 34587))
22333 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22334
22335 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22336 Play pong and waste time.
22337 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22338 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22339
22340 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22341
22342 \\{pong-mode-map}
22343
22344 \(fn)" t nil)
22345
22346 ;;;***
22347 \f
22348 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20229 34587))
22349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22350
22351 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22352 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22353 Use streaming commands.
22354
22355 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22356
22357 ;;;***
22358 \f
22359 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22360 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22361 ;;;;;; (20270 25925))
22362 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22363
22364 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22365 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22366 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22367 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22368
22369 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22370
22371 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22372 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22373
22374 \(fn)" nil nil)
22375
22376 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22377 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22378 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22379 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22380 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22381
22382 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22383
22384 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22385 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22386 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22387
22388 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22389
22390 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22391 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22392
22393 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22394
22395 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22396 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22397 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22398 Ignores leading comment characters.
22399
22400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22401
22402 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22403 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22404 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22405 Ignores leading comment characters.
22406
22407 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22408
22409 ;;;***
22410 \f
22411 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22412 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22413 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22414 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22415 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22416 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22417 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22418 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22419 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22420 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22421 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22422 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22423 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22424 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22425 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22427 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22428 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22429 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
22430 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22431
22432 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22433 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22434
22435 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22436
22437 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22438
22439 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22440
22441 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22442 Preview directory using ghostview.
22443
22444 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22445 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22446 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22447 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22448
22449 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22450 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22451 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22452 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22453 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22454 file name.
22455
22456 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22457
22458 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22459
22460 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22461 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22462
22463 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22464 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22465 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22466 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22467
22468 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22469 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22470 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22471 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22472 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22473 file name.
22474
22475 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22476
22477 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22478
22479 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22480 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22481
22482 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22483 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22484 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22485 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22486
22487 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22488 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22489 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22490 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22491 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22492 file name.
22493
22494 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22495
22496 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22497
22498 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22499 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22500
22501 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22502
22503 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22504 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22505 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22506 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22507
22508 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22509 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22510 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22511 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22512 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22513 file name.
22514
22515 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22516
22517 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22518
22519 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22520 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22521
22522 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22523 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22524 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22525
22526 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22527 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22528 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22529 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22530
22531 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22532
22533 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22534 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22535
22536 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22537 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22538 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22539
22540 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22541 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22542 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22543 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22544
22545 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22546
22547 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22548 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22549
22550 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22551 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22552 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22553
22554 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22555 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22556 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22557 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22558
22559 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22560
22561 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22562 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22563
22564 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22565
22566 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22567 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22568 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22569
22570 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22571 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22572 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22573 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22574
22575 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22576
22577 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22578 Preview region using ghostview.
22579
22580 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22581
22582 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22583
22584 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22585 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22586
22587 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22588
22589 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22590
22591 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22592 Print region using PostScript printer.
22593
22594 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22595
22596 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22597
22598 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22599 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22600
22601 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22602
22603 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22604
22605 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22606 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22607
22608 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22609
22610 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22611
22612 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22613 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22614
22615 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22616
22617 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22618
22619 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22620 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22621
22622 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22623
22624 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22625
22626 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22627 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22628
22629 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22630
22631 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22632
22633 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22634 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22635 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22636 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22637
22638 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22639 matching.
22640
22641 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22642 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22643
22644 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22645
22646 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22647
22648 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22649 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22650 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22651 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22652
22653 \(fn)" t nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22656 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22657 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22658 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22659
22660 \(fn)" t nil)
22661
22662 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22663 Print directory using text printer.
22664
22665 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22666 matching.
22667
22668 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22669 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22670
22671 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22672
22673 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22674
22675 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22676 Print buffer using text printer.
22677
22678 \(fn)" t nil)
22679
22680 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22681 Print region using text printer.
22682
22683 \(fn)" t nil)
22684
22685 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22686 Print major mode using text printer.
22687
22688 \(fn)" t nil)
22689
22690 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22691 Preview spooled PostScript.
22692
22693 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22694 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22695 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22696
22697 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22698 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22699 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22700
22701 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22702
22703 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22704 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22705
22706 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22707 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22708 instead of sending it to the printer.
22709
22710 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22711 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22712 image in a file with that name.
22713
22714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22715
22716 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22717 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22718
22719 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22720 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22721 instead of sending it to the printer.
22722
22723 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22724 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22725 image in a file with that name.
22726
22727 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22728
22729 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22730 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22731
22732 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22733 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22734 instead of sending it to the printer.
22735
22736 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22737 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22738 image in a file with that name.
22739
22740 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22741
22742 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22743 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22744
22745 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22746
22747 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22748 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22749
22750 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22751
22752 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22753 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22754
22755 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22756
22757 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22758 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22759
22760 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22763 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22764
22765 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22766
22767 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22768 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22769
22770 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22771 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22772 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22773 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22774
22775 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22776 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22777 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22778 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22779 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22780 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22781 file name.
22782
22783 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22784
22785 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22786 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22787
22788 \(fn)" t nil)
22789
22790 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22791 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22792
22793 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22794 right.
22795 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22796 bottom.
22797
22798 \(fn)" t nil)
22799
22800 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22801 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22802
22803 \(fn)" t nil)
22804
22805 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22806 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22807
22808 \(fn)" t nil)
22809
22810 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22811 Toggle printing with faces.
22812
22813 \(fn)" t nil)
22814
22815 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22816 Toggle spooling.
22817
22818 \(fn)" t nil)
22819
22820 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22821 Toggle duplex.
22822
22823 \(fn)" t nil)
22824
22825 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22826 Toggle tumble.
22827
22828 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22829 right.
22830 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22831 bottom.
22832
22833 \(fn)" t nil)
22834
22835 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22836 Toggle landscape.
22837
22838 \(fn)" t nil)
22839
22840 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22841 Toggle upside-down.
22842
22843 \(fn)" t nil)
22844
22845 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22846 Toggle line number.
22847
22848 \(fn)" t nil)
22849
22850 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22851 Toggle zebra stripes.
22852
22853 \(fn)" t nil)
22854
22855 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22856 Toggle printing header.
22857
22858 \(fn)" t nil)
22859
22860 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22861 Toggle printing header frame.
22862
22863 \(fn)" t nil)
22864
22865 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22866 Toggle menu lock.
22867
22868 \(fn)" t nil)
22869
22870 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22871 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22872
22873 \(fn)" t nil)
22874
22875 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22876 Toggle auto mode.
22877
22878 \(fn)" t nil)
22879
22880 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22881 Customization of the `printing' group.
22882
22883 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22884
22885 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22886 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22887
22888 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22889
22890 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22891 Help for the printing package.
22892
22893 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22894
22895 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22896 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22897
22898 \(fn)" t nil)
22899
22900 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22901 Interactively select a text printer.
22902
22903 \(fn)" t nil)
22904
22905 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22906 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22907
22908 \(fn)" t nil)
22909
22910 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22911 Show current ps-print settings.
22912
22913 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22914
22915 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22916 Show current printing settings.
22917
22918 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22919
22920 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22921 Show current lpr settings.
22922
22923 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22924
22925 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22926 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22927
22928 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22929 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22930 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22931 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22932
22933
22934 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22935
22936 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22937 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22938 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22939
22940 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22941 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22942 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22943 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22944 current active printer.
22945
22946 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22947 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22948 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22949 printer.
22950
22951 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22952 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22953 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22954 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22955 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22956
22957
22958 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22959 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22960
22961 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22962
22963 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22964 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22965 be done using the new current active printer.
22966
22967 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22968 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22969 printer.
22970
22971 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22972 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22973 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22974 instead of sending it to the printer.
22975
22976 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22977 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22978 printer.
22979
22980 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22981
22982
22983 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22984 are both set to t.
22985
22986 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22987
22988 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22989 Fast fire function for text printing.
22990
22991 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22992 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22993 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22994 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22995
22996 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22997 user for a new active text printer.
22998
22999 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
23000
23001 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
23002
23003 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
23004 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
23005 printer.
23006
23007 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
23008
23009 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
23010 are both set to t.
23011
23012 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
23013
23014 ;;;***
23015 \f
23016 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20229 34587))
23017 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
23018
23019 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
23020 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
23021 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
23022 information will be displayed but not selected.
23023 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
23024
23025 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
23026
23027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23028
23029 ;;;***
23030 \f
23031 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
23032 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20293 40451))
23033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
23034
23035 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
23036 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
23037
23038 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
23039 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
23040
23041 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
23042
23043 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
23044 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
23045
23046 Commands:
23047 \\{prolog-mode-map}
23048 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
23049 if that value is non-nil.
23050
23051 \(fn)" t nil)
23052
23053 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
23054 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
23055 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
23056
23057 \(fn)" t nil)
23058
23059 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
23060 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
23061 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
23062
23063 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23064
23065 ;;;***
23066 \f
23067 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20229
23068 ;;;;;; 34587))
23069 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
23070
23071 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
23072 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
23073 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
23074
23075 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
23076
23077 ;;;***
23078 \f
23079 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20229
23080 ;;;;;; 34587))
23081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
23082
23083 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
23084 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
23085
23086 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
23087
23088 The following variables hold user options, and can
23089 be set through the `customize' command:
23090
23091 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
23092 `ps-mode-tab'
23093 `ps-mode-paper-size'
23094 `ps-mode-print-function'
23095 `ps-run-prompt'
23096 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
23097 `ps-run-x'
23098 `ps-run-dumb'
23099 `ps-run-init'
23100 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
23101 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
23102
23103 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
23104
23105
23106 \\{ps-mode-map}
23107
23108
23109 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
23110 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
23111 The keymap for this second window is:
23112
23113 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
23114
23115
23116 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
23117 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
23118 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
23119 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
23120 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
23121
23122 \(fn)" t nil)
23123
23124 ;;;***
23125 \f
23126 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
23127 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
23128 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
23129 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
23130 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
23131 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20229
23132 ;;;;;; 36386))
23133 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
23134
23135 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
23136 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
23137 See `ps-paper-type'.")
23138
23139 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
23140
23141 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
23142 Specify the size of paper to format for.
23143 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
23144 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
23145
23146 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
23147
23148 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
23149 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
23150
23151 Valid values are:
23152
23153 nil Do not print colors.
23154
23155 t Print colors.
23156
23157 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
23158 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
23159
23160 Any other value is treated as t.")
23161
23162 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
23163
23164 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
23165 Customization of ps-print group.
23166
23167 \(fn)" t nil)
23168
23169 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
23170 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23171
23172 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23173 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
23174 sending it to the printer.
23175
23176 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23177 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23178 image in a file with that name.
23179
23180 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23181
23182 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23183 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
23184 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23185 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23186 so it has a way to determine color values.
23187
23188 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23189
23190 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
23191 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23192 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23193
23194 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23195
23196 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23197 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23198 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23199 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23200 so it has a way to determine color values.
23201
23202 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23203
23204 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23205 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23206 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23207 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23208
23209 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23210
23211 \(fn)" t nil)
23212
23213 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23214 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23215 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23216 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23217 so it has a way to determine color values.
23218
23219 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23220
23221 \(fn)" t nil)
23222
23223 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23224 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23225 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23226
23227 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23228
23229 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23230
23231 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23232 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23233 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23234 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23235 so it has a way to determine color values.
23236
23237 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23238
23239 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23240
23241 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23242 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23243
23244 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23245 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23246 instead of sending it to the printer.
23247
23248 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23249 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23250 image in a file with that name.
23251
23252 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23253
23254 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23255 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23256 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23257 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23258 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23259
23260 \(fn)" t nil)
23261
23262 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23263 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23264 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23265
23266 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23267
23268 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23269 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23270 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23271
23272 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23273
23274 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23275 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23276
23277 \(fn)" nil nil)
23278
23279 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23280 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23281
23282 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23283 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23284
23285 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23286 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23287
23288 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23289
23290 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23291
23292 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23293
23294 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23295 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23296
23297 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23298 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23299
23300 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23301 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23302
23303 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23304
23305 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23306
23307 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23308
23309 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23310 foreground and background colors respectively.
23311
23312 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23313 bold - use bold font.
23314 italic - use italic font.
23315 underline - put a line under text.
23316 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23317 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23318 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23319 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23320 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23321
23322 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23323
23324 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23325
23326 ;;;***
23327 \f
23328 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23329 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20278 20028))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23331
23332 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23333
23334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23335
23336 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23337
23338 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23339 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23340 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23341 show the buffer automatically.
23342
23343 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23344 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23345
23346 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23347 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23348 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23349 switch to that buffer.
23350
23351 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23352 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23353 process buffer for a list of commands.
23354
23355 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23356 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23357 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23358
23359 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23360
23361 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23362 Set up info-look for Python.
23363 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23364
23365 \(fn)" nil nil)
23366
23367 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23368 Major mode for editing Python files.
23369 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23370 for correct parsing of the source.
23371 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23372 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23373 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23374
23375 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23376 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23377 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23378 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23379 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23380 \\<python-mode-map>
23381 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23382 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23383 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23384 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23385 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23386 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23387
23388 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23389 effect outside them.
23390
23391 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23392 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23393 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23394 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23395 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23396 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23397 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23398 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23399 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23400
23401 \\{python-mode-map}
23402
23403 \(fn)" t nil)
23404
23405 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23406 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23407 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23408 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23409
23410 \(fn)" t nil)
23411
23412 ;;;***
23413 \f
23414 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23415 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23417
23418 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23419 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23420 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23421 coding-system.
23422
23423 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23424 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23425
23426 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23427 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23428 them into characters should be done separately.
23429
23430 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23431
23432 ;;;***
23433 \f
23434 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23435 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23436 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23437 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23438 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20229 34587))
23439 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23440
23441 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23442 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23443
23444 \(fn)" nil nil)
23445
23446 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23447 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23448 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23449
23450 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23451 `quail-activate', which see.
23452
23453 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23454
23455 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23456 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23457 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23458 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23459 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23460 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23461 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23462
23463 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23464 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23465 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23466 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23467 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23468 shown.
23469 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23470
23471 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23472 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23473 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23474 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23475 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23476 list of candidates.
23477
23478 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23479 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23480 command to be called.
23481
23482 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23483 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23484 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23485 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23486
23487 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23488 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23489 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23490 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23491 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23492 to t.
23493
23494 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23495 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23496 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23497 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23498
23499 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23500 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23501 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23502 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23503
23504 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23505 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23506 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23507 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23508 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23509 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23510
23511 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23512 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23513 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23514 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23515 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23516 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23517
23518 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23519 covers Quail translation region.
23520
23521 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23522 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23523 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23524 for it) is inserted.
23525
23526 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23527 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23528 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23529
23530 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23531 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23532 non-Quail commands.
23533
23534 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23535
23536 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23537 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23538
23539 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23540 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23541 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23542 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23543 you type is correctly handled.
23544
23545 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23546
23547 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23548 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23549
23550 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23551 keyboard type.
23552
23553 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23554
23555 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23556 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23557 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23558 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23559 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23560 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23561 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23562 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23563 for the translation.
23564 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23565
23566 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23567 it is used to handle KEY.
23568
23569 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23570 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23571 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23572 the following annotation types are supported.
23573
23574 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23575 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23576
23577 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23578 candidate list.
23579
23580 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23581 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23582 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23583 inserted.
23584
23585 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23586 generated for the following translations.
23587
23588 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23589
23590 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23591 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23592
23593 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23594 which to install MAP.
23595
23596 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23597
23598 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23599
23600 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23601 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23602
23603 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23604 which to install MAP.
23605
23606 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23607
23608 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23609
23610 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23611 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23612 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23613 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23614 a function, or a cons.
23615 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23616 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23617 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23618 for the translation.
23619 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23620 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23621 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23622 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23623 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23624
23625 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23626 it is used to handle KEY.
23627
23628 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23629 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23630 current Quail package.
23631
23632 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23633 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23634
23635 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23636
23637 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23638 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23639
23640 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23641 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23642
23643 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23644
23645 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23646 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23647
23648 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23649
23650 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23651 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23652 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23653 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23654 of the Emacs source tree.
23655
23656 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23657 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23658
23659 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23660 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23661 of each directory.
23662
23663 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23664
23665 ;;;***
23666 \f
23667 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23668 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23669 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20229
23670 ;;;;;; 34587))
23671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23672
23673 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23674 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23675 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23676 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23677
23678 To make use of this do something like:
23679
23680 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23681
23682 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23683
23684 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23685 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23686
23687 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23688 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23689 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23690
23691 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23692
23693 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23694 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23695
23696 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23697
23698 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23699 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23700
23701 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23702 is decided.
23703
23704 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23705
23706 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23707 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23708
23709 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23710 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23711 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23712
23713 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23714
23715 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23716 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23717
23718 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23719
23720 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23721 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23722
23723 \(fn)" t nil)
23724
23725 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23726 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23727
23728 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23729
23730 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23731
23732 \(fn)" t nil)
23733
23734 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23735 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23736
23737 \(fn)" t nil)
23738
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23742 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20280 61753))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23744
23745 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23746 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23747
23748 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23749
23750 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23751
23752 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23753
23754 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23755
23756 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23757
23758
23759 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23760
23761 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23762 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23763 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23765 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23766 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23767
23768 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23769
23770 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23771 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23772 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23773 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23774 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23775
23776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23777
23778 ;;;***
23779 \f
23780 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20290
23781 ;;;;;; 11197))
23782 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23783
23784 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23785 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23786 See \\[compile].
23787
23788 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23789
23790 ;;;***
23791 \f
23792 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23793 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23795
23796 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23797
23798 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23799 Construct a regexp interactively.
23800 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23801 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23802 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23803
23804 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23805 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23806
23807 \(fn)" t nil)
23808
23809 ;;;***
23810 \f
23811 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20229 34587))
23812 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23813
23814 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23815 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23816 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23819 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23820
23821 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23822
23823 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23824 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23826 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23827 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23828
23829 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23830 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23831 were operated on recently.
23832
23833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23834
23835 ;;;***
23836 \f
23837 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23838 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23839 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23840 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23841 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23843 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23844 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23845 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23846 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23847 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23848 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23849 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23850
23851 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23852 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23853 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23854 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23855 ends.
23856
23857 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23858 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23859 to be deleted.
23860
23861 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23862
23863 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23864 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23865 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23866
23867 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23868 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23869 deleted.
23870
23871 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23872
23873 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23874 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23875 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23876
23877 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23878
23879 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23880 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23881
23882 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23883 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23884
23885 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23886 deleted.
23887
23888 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23889 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23890 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23891 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23892 even beep.)
23893
23894 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23895
23896 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23897 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23898
23899 \(fn)" t nil)
23900
23901 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23902 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23903 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23904 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23905 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23906 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23907 and point is at the lower right corner.
23908
23909 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23910
23911 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23912 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23913
23914 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23915 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23916
23917 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23918 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23919 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23920
23921 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23922
23923 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23924
23925 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23926 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23927 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23928 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23929 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23930
23931 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23932 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23933
23934 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23935
23936 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23937 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23938 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23939
23940 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23941
23942 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23943
23944 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23945
23946 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23947 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23948
23949 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23950 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23951 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23952
23953 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23954
23955 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23956 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23957 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23958
23959 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23960 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23961 rectangle which were empty.
23962
23963 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23964
23965 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23966 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23967
23968 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23969 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23970 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23971 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23972
23973 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23974
23975 ;;;***
23976 \f
23977 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20229
23978 ;;;;;; 34587))
23979 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23980
23981 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23982 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23986
23987 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23988 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23989 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23990 auto-filling.
23991
23992 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23993
23994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23995
23996 ;;;***
23997 \f
23998 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23999 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20229 34587))
24000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
24001
24002 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
24003 Turn on RefTeX mode.
24004
24005 \(fn)" nil nil)
24006
24007 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
24008 Toggle RefTeX mode.
24009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
24010 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24011 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24012
24013 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
24014 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
24015
24016 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
24017 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
24018
24019 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
24020 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
24021 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
24022 \\ref macro.
24023
24024 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
24025 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
24026 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
24027
24028 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
24029 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
24030 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
24031
24032 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
24033 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
24034
24035 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
24036 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
24037
24038 \\{reftex-mode-map}
24039 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
24040 on the menu bar.
24041
24042 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24043
24044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24045
24046 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
24047 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
24048 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
24049
24050 \(fn)" nil nil)
24051
24052 ;;;***
24053 \f
24054 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
24055 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
24057
24058 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
24059 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
24060 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
24061 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
24062 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
24063 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
24064
24065 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
24066
24067 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
24068
24069 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
24070 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
24071 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
24072 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
24073 `reftex-cite-format'.
24074
24075 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
24076 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
24077 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
24078 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
24079
24080 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
24081
24082 ;;;***
24083 \f
24084 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
24085 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
24087
24088 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
24089 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
24090 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
24091 the current TeX document.
24092
24093 With no argument, this command toggles
24094 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
24095 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
24096
24097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24098
24099 ;;;***
24100 \f
24101 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
24102 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24103 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
24104
24105 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
24106 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
24107 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
24108
24109 To insert new phrases, use
24110 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
24111 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
24112
24113 To index phrases use one of:
24114
24115 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
24116 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
24117 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
24118 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
24119 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
24120
24121 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
24122 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
24123
24124 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
24125
24126 Here are all local bindings.
24127
24128 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
24129
24130 \(fn)" t nil)
24131
24132 ;;;***
24133 \f
24134 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
24135 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24136 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
24137
24138 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
24139 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
24140 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
24141 of master file.
24142
24143 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
24144
24145 ;;;***
24146 \f
24147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20229
24148 ;;;;;; 34587))
24149 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
24150 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24151 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
24152 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24153 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
24154
24155 ;;;***
24156 \f
24157 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
24158 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
24159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
24160
24161 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
24162 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
24163 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
24164 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
24165 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
24166 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
24167
24168 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
24169 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
24170
24171 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24172 by \\=\\< and \\>.
24173 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
24174 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
24175
24176 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
24177
24178 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
24179 Return the depth of REGEXP.
24180 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
24181 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
24182
24183 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
24184
24185 ;;;***
24186 \f
24187 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
24188 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
24189 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
24191
24192 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
24193 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
24194 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
24195 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
24196
24197 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
24198
24199 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24200
24201 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
24202 Call `remember' in another frame.
24203
24204 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
24205
24206 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
24207 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
24208 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
24209 application.
24210
24211 \(fn)" t nil)
24212
24213 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
24214 Extract diary entries from the region.
24215
24216 \(fn)" nil nil)
24217
24218 ;;;***
24219 \f
24220 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20229 34587))
24221 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
24222
24223 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
24224 Repeat most recently executed command.
24225 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
24226 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
24227 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
24228
24229 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
24230 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
24231 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
24232 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
24233
24234 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
24235 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
24236 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
24237
24238 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
24239
24240 ;;;***
24241 \f
24242 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
24243 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
24245
24246 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
24247 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
24248
24249 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
24250 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
24251 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
24252 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
24253 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
24254 and point is left after the salutation.
24255
24256 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
24257 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
24258 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24259 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24260 left after that text.
24261
24262 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24263 is non-nil.
24264
24265 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24266 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24267 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24268 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24269
24270 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24271
24272 ;;;***
24273 \f
24274 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24275 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24276 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24277
24278 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24279 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24280 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24281 visibility of comments that precede it.
24282 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24283 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24284 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24285 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24286 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24287 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24288 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24289 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24290 the comment lines.
24291 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24292 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24293 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24294 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24295 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24296
24297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24298
24299 ;;;***
24300 \f
24301 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24302 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24303 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24304
24305 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24306 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24309 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24310
24311 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24312 reveals invisible text around point.
24313
24314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24315
24316 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24317 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24318 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24320 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24321 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24322
24323 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24324
24325 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24326 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24327 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24328
24329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24332
24333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24334
24335 ;;;***
24336 \f
24337 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24338 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24339 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24340
24341 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24342 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24343
24344 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24345
24346 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24347 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24348
24349 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24350
24351 ;;;***
24352 \f
24353 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20229 34587))
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24355
24356 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24357 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24358 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24359 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24360
24361 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24362
24363 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24364 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24365 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24366 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24367
24368 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24369 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24370
24371 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24372 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24373
24374 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24375 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24376 INPUT-ARGS.
24377
24378 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24379 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24380 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24381 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24382 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24383
24384 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24385 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24386 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24387 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24388
24389 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24390 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24391 variable.
24392
24393 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24394
24395 ;;;***
24396 \f
24397 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24398 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24399 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24400 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24401 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24402 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20288 55881))
24403 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24404
24405 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24406 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24407 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24408
24409 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24410
24411 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24412 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24413 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24414 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24415 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24416 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24417 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24418
24419 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24420 sent by you under different user names.
24421 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24422
24423 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24424
24425 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24426
24427 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24428
24429 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24430 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24431 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24432 explicitly.")
24433
24434 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24435
24436 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24437 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24438 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24439 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24440 which normally happens once for each message,
24441 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24442 To make a change in this variable take effect
24443 for a message that you have already viewed,
24444 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24445
24446 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24447
24448 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24449 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24450 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24451 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24452
24453 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24454
24455 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24456 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24457
24458 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24459
24460 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24461 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24462 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24463
24464 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24465
24466 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24467 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24468 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24469 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24470 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24471 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24472
24473 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24474
24475 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24476 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24477
24478 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24479
24480 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24481 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24482
24483 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24484
24485 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24486 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24487
24488 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24489 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24490
24491 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24492
24493 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24494 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24495
24496 This is set to nil by default.")
24497
24498 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24499 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24500 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24501 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24502 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24503 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24504 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24505
24506 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24507 Read and edit incoming mail.
24508 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24509 file in RMAIL Mode.
24510 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24511
24512 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24513 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24514 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24515 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24516
24517 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24518
24519 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24520
24521 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24522 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24523 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24524 Instead, these commands are available:
24525
24526 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24527 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24528 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24529 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24530 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24531 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24532 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24533 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24534 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24535 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24536 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24537 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24538 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24539 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24540 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24541 till a deleted message is found.
24542 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24543 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24544 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24545 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24546 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24547 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24548 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24549 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24550 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24551 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24552 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24553 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24554 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24555 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24556 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24557 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24558 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24559 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24560 (label defaults to last one specified).
24561 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24562 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24563 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24564 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24565 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24566 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24567 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24568 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24569 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24570
24571 \(fn)" t nil)
24572
24573 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24574 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24575
24576 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24577
24578 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24579 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24580
24581 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24582
24583 ;;;***
24584 \f
24585 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24586 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20229 34587))
24587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24588 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24589
24590 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24591 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24592 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24593 case it writes Babyl.
24594
24595 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24596 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24597 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24598 `rmail-default-file'.
24599
24600 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24601 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24602 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24603
24604 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24605 the header display is currently pruned.
24606
24607 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24608 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24609 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24610 messages after output.
24611
24612 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24613 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24614 message (if writing a file directly).
24615
24616 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24617 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24618
24619 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24620
24621 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24622 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24623 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24624 i) the header is output as currently seen
24625 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24626 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24627
24628 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24629 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24630 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24631
24632 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24633
24634 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24635 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24636 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24637 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24638 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24639 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24640 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24641
24642 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24643 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24644 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24645
24646 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24647
24648 ;;;***
24649 \f
24650 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24651 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24652 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24653
24654 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24655 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24656 Return a pattern.
24657
24658 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24659
24660 ;;;***
24661 \f
24662 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24663 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24664 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24665
24666 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24667 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24668 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24669 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24670
24671 \(fn)" t nil)
24672
24673 ;;;***
24674 \f
24675 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24676 ;;;;;; (20277 28925))
24677 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24678
24679 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24680 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24681
24682 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24683 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24684 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24685 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24686 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24687 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24688 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24689 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24690 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24691 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24692
24693 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24694 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24695 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24696 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24697 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24698 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24699 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24700 to use for finding the schema.
24701
24702 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24703
24704 ;;;***
24705 \f
24706 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20229
24707 ;;;;;; 34587))
24708 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24709
24710 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24711
24712 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24713 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24714 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24715 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24716 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24717 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24718 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24719 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24720 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24721 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24722 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24723 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24724 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24725 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24726 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24727 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24728 must be equal.
24729
24730 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24731
24732 ;;;***
24733 \f
24734 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24735 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20209 49217))
24736 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24737
24738 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24739 Define a robin package.
24740
24741 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24742 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24743 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24744 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24745
24746 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24747 one replaces the old one.
24748
24749 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24750
24751 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24752 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24753
24754 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24755 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24756 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24757
24758 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24759
24760 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24761 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24762
24763 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24764
24765 ;;;***
24766 \f
24767 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24768 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20229 34587))
24769 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24770
24771 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24772 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24773
24774 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24775
24776 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24777 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24778
24779 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24780
24781 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24782 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24783
24784 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24785
24786 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24787 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24788 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24789
24790 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24791 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24792 in ROT13.
24793
24794 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24795
24796 \(fn)" t nil)
24797
24798 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24799 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24800
24801 \(fn)" t nil)
24802
24803 ;;;***
24804 \f
24805 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24806 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24807 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24808 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24809
24810 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24811 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24812 \\<rst-mode-map>
24813 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24814 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24815 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24816 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24817 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24818
24819 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24820 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24821 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24822 font-locking of blocks.
24823
24824 \\{rst-mode-map}
24825
24826 \(fn)" t nil)
24827
24828 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24829 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24831 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24832 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24833
24834 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24835 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24836 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24837
24838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24839
24840 ;;;***
24841 \f
24842 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24843 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
24844 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24845
24846 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24847 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24848 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24849 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24850 nesting into account.
24851
24852 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24853
24854 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24855
24856 \(fn)" t nil)
24857
24858 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24859
24860 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24861
24862 ;;;***
24863 \f
24864 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20229
24865 ;;;;;; 34587))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24867
24868 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24869 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24870 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24871
24872 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24873 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24875 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24876 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24877
24878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24879
24880 ;;;***
24881 \f
24882 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20229
24883 ;;;;;; 34587))
24884 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24885
24886 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24887 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24888 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24889 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24890
24891 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24892
24893 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24894 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24895 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24896
24897 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24898 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24899 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24900
24901 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24902 notation.
24903
24904 STRING
24905 matches string STRING literally.
24906
24907 CHAR
24908 matches character CHAR literally.
24909
24910 `not-newline', `nonl'
24911 matches any character except a newline.
24912
24913 `anything'
24914 matches any character
24915
24916 `(any SET ...)'
24917 `(in SET ...)'
24918 `(char SET ...)'
24919 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24920 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24921 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24922
24923 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24924 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24925 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24926 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24927
24928 `(not (any SET ...))'
24929 matches any character not in SET ...
24930
24931 `line-start', `bol'
24932 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24933 in the text being matched
24934
24935 `line-end', `eol'
24936 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24937
24938 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24939 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24940 string being matched against.
24941
24942 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24943 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24944 string being matched against.
24945
24946 `buffer-start'
24947 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24948 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24949
24950 `buffer-end'
24951 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24952 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24953
24954 `point'
24955 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24956
24957 `word-start', `bow'
24958 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24959
24960 `word-end', `eow'
24961 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24962
24963 `word-boundary'
24964 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24965 word.
24966
24967 `(not word-boundary)'
24968 `not-word-boundary'
24969 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24970 word.
24971
24972 `symbol-start'
24973 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24974
24975 `symbol-end'
24976 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24977
24978 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24979 matches 0 through 9.
24980
24981 `control', `cntrl'
24982 matches ASCII control characters.
24983
24984 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24985 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24986
24987 `blank'
24988 matches space and tab only.
24989
24990 `graphic', `graph'
24991 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24992 space, and DEL.
24993
24994 `printing', `print'
24995 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24996 and DEL.
24997
24998 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24999 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25000 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25001
25002 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
25003 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25004 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
25005
25006 `ascii'
25007 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
25008
25009 `nonascii'
25010 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
25011
25012 `lower', `lower-case'
25013 matches anything lower-case.
25014
25015 `upper', `upper-case'
25016 matches anything upper-case.
25017
25018 `punctuation', `punct'
25019 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
25020 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
25021
25022 `space', `whitespace', `white'
25023 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
25024
25025 `word', `wordchar'
25026 matches anything that has word syntax.
25027
25028 `not-wordchar'
25029 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
25030
25031 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
25032 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
25033 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
25034 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
25035
25036 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
25037 `punctuation' (\\s.)
25038 `word' (\\sw)
25039 `symbol' (\\s_)
25040 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
25041 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
25042 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
25043 `string-quote' (\\s\")
25044 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
25045 `escape' (\\s\\)
25046 `character-quote' (\\s/)
25047 `comment-start' (\\s<)
25048 `comment-end' (\\s>)
25049 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
25050 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
25051
25052 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
25053 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
25054
25055 `(category CATEGORY)'
25056 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
25057 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
25058
25059 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
25060 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
25061 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
25062 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
25063 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
25064 `symbol' (\\c5)
25065 `digit' (\\c6)
25066 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
25067 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
25068 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
25069 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
25070 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
25071 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
25072 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
25073 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
25074 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
25075 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
25076 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
25077 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
25078 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
25079 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
25080 `ascii' (\\ca)
25081 `arabic' (\\cb)
25082 `chinese' (\\cc)
25083 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
25084 `greek' (\\cg)
25085 `korean' (\\ch)
25086 `indian' (\\ci)
25087 `japanese' (\\cj)
25088 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
25089 `latin' (\\cl)
25090 `lao' (\\co)
25091 `tibetan' (\\cq)
25092 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
25093 `thai' (\\ct)
25094 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
25095 `hebrew' (\\cw)
25096 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
25097 `can-break' (\\c|)
25098
25099 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
25100 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
25101
25102 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25103 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25104 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25105 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25106 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
25107
25108 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25109 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25110 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
25111 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
25112
25113 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25114 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25115 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
25116 group number N.
25117
25118 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25119 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
25120 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
25121 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
25122 regular expression.
25123
25124 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
25125 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
25126 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
25127 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
25128 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
25129
25130 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
25131 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
25132
25133 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
25134 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
25135
25136 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
25137 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
25138 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
25139
25140 `(* SEXP ...)'
25141 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
25142 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25143
25144 `(*? SEXP ...)'
25145 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
25146 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
25147
25148 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
25149 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
25150 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
25151
25152 `(+ SEXP ...)'
25153 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25154
25155 `(+? SEXP ...)'
25156 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25157
25158 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
25159 `(optional SEXP ...)'
25160 `(opt SEXP ...)'
25161 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
25162
25163 `(? SEXP ...)'
25164 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
25165
25166 `(?? SEXP ...)'
25167 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
25168
25169 `(repeat N SEXP)'
25170 `(= N SEXP ...)'
25171 matches N occurrences.
25172
25173 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
25174 matches N or more occurrences.
25175
25176 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
25177 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
25178 matches N to M occurrences.
25179
25180 `(backref N)'
25181 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
25182
25183 `(eval FORM)'
25184 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
25185 `regexp-quote' it.
25186
25187 `(regexp REGEXP)'
25188 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
25189
25190 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
25191
25192 ;;;***
25193 \f
25194 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20229
25195 ;;;;;; 34587))
25196 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
25197
25198 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
25199 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
25200 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25203 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
25204
25205 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
25206
25207 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
25208 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
25209 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
25210 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25211 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25212
25213 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
25214 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
25215 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
25216 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
25217
25218 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
25219 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
25220 histories, which is probably undesirable.
25221
25222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25223
25224 ;;;***
25225 \f
25226 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
25227 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
25229
25230 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
25231 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
25232 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25233
25234 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
25235 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
25236 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
25237 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
25238 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
25239 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
25240 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
25241 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
25242
25243 Commands:
25244 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25245 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25246 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25247 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25248 if that value is non-nil.
25249
25250 \(fn)" t nil)
25251
25252 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25253 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25254 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25255
25256 Commands:
25257 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25258 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25259 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25260 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25261 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25262 that variable's value is a string.
25263
25264 \(fn)" t nil)
25265
25266 ;;;***
25267 \f
25268 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25269 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25270 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25271
25272 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25273 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25274 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25275
25276 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25277
25278 \(fn)" t nil)
25279
25280 ;;;***
25281 \f
25282 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25283 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25284 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25285
25286 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25287 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25288 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25290 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25291 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25292
25293 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25294
25295 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25296 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25297 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25298 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25299 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25300
25301 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25302 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25303
25304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25305
25306 ;;;***
25307 \f
25308 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25309 ;;;;;; (20273 55692))
25310 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25311
25312 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25313 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25315 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25316 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25317 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25318 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25319 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25320
25321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25322
25323 ;;;***
25324 \f
25325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20300 47034))
25326 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25327 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25328 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25329
25330 ;;;***
25331 \f
25332 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25333 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20300 47034))
25334 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25335
25336 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25337 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25338 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25339
25340 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25341 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25342 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25343 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25344 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25345 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25346 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25347 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25348 keybinding for tag names.")
25349
25350 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25351
25352 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25353 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25354 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25357 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25358
25359 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25360
25361 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25362 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25364 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25365 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25366
25367 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25368 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25369 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25370 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25371 Semantic mode.
25372
25373 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25374
25375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25376
25377 ;;;***
25378 \f
25379 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25380 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25381 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25382 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25383 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25384 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25385 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25386 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25387 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20277 28925))
25388 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25389
25390 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25391 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25392
25393 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25394 king@grassland.com
25395 If `parens', they look like:
25396 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25397 If `angles', they look like:
25398 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25399
25400 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25401 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25402
25403 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25404
25405 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25406 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25407 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25408 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25409
25410 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25411 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25412 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25413 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25414
25415 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25416
25417 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25418 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25419 This is done when the message is initialized,
25420 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25421
25422 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25423
25424 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25425 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25426 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25427
25428 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25429
25430 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25431 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25432 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25433 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25434 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25435 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25436 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25437
25438 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25439
25440 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25441 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25442
25443 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25444
25445 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25446 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25447 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25448 be a Babyl file.")
25449
25450 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25451
25452 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25453 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25454 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25455 when you first send mail.")
25456
25457 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25458
25459 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25460 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25461 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25462 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25463 This file need not actually exist.")
25464
25465 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25466
25467 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25468 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25469
25470 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25471
25472 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25473 Alist of mail address aliases,
25474 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25475 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25476 can specify a different file name.)
25477 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25478 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25479
25480 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25481 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25482 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25483
25484 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25485
25486 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25487 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25488 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25489
25490 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25491
25492 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25493 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25494 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25495 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25496 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25497 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25498 in the cited portion of the message.
25499
25500 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25501 instead of no action.")
25502
25503 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25504
25505 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25506 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25507 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25508 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25509 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25510
25511 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25512
25513 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25514 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25515 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25516 If a string, that string is inserted.
25517 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25518 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25519 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25520 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25521
25522 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25523
25524 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25525 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25526
25527 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25528
25529 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25530 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25531 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25532
25533 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25534 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25535
25536 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25537
25538 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25539 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25540 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25541 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25542
25543 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25544
25545 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25546 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25547 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25548
25549 \(fn)" nil nil)
25550
25551 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25552
25553 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25554
25555
25556 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25557
25558 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25559 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25560 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25561
25562 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25563 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25564
25565 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25566 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25567 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25568 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25569 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25570 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25571 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25572 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25573 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25574 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25575 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25576 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25577 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25578 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25579
25580 \(fn)" t nil)
25581
25582 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25583 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25584 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25585 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25586
25587 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25588
25589 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25590 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25591 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25592 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25593 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25594 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25595
25596 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25597 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25598 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25599
25600 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25601 User should not set this variable manually,
25602 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25603 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25604 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25605
25606 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25607 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25608 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25609 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25610
25611 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25612 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25613
25614 \\<mail-mode-map>
25615 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25616
25617 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25618 to move to message header fields:
25619 \\{mail-mode-map}
25620
25621 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25622 when the message is initialized.
25623
25624 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25625 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25626
25627 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25628 is inserted.
25629
25630 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25631 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25632
25633 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25634 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25635 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25636 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25637 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25638 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25639 buffer without erasing the contents.
25640
25641 The second through fifth arguments,
25642 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25643 the initial contents of those header fields.
25644 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25645 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25646 original message being replied to, or else an action
25647 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25648 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25649 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25650 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25651 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25652 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25653
25654 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25655
25656 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25657 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25658
25659 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25660
25661 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25662 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25663
25664 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25665
25666 ;;;***
25667 \f
25668 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25669 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20275
25670 ;;;;;; 12606))
25671 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25672
25673 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25674
25675 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25676
25677 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25678
25679 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25680 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25681 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25682 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25683 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25684 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25685
25686 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25687 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25688
25689 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25690 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25691 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25692
25693 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25694 \\[server-start].
25695
25696 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25697
25698 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25699 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25700 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25701 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25702
25703 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25704
25705 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25706 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25707 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25708 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25709 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25710 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25711
25712 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25713
25714 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25715 Toggle Server mode.
25716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25717 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25718 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25719
25720 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25721 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25722 `server-start' for details.
25723
25724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25725
25726 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25727 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25728 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25729
25730 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25731 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25732
25733 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25734
25735 ;;;***
25736 \f
25737 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20279 40897))
25738 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25739
25740 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25741 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25742 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25743
25744 Key definitions:
25745 \\{ses-mode-map}
25746 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25747 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25748 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25749 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25750
25751 \(fn)" t nil)
25752
25753 ;;;***
25754 \f
25755 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25756 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25758
25759 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25760 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25761 Makes > match <.
25762 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25763 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25764
25765 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25766 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25767 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25768
25769 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25770 in your `.emacs' file.
25771
25772 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25773
25774 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25775 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25776 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25777
25778 \(fn)" t nil)
25779
25780 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25781 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25782 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25783 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25784 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25785 which this is based.
25786
25787 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25788
25789 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25790 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25791 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25792 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25793
25794 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25795 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25796 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25797
25798 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25799 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25800 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25801 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25802
25803 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25804 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25805 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25806 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25807
25808 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25809
25810 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25811 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25812 To work around that, do:
25813 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25814
25815 \\{html-mode-map}
25816
25817 \(fn)" t nil)
25818
25819 ;;;***
25820 \f
25821 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25822 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25824 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25825
25826 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25827 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25828 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25829 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25830 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25831 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25832
25833 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25834 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25835 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25836 shell-specific features.
25837
25838 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25839 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25840 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25841 \\<sh-mode-map>
25842 \\[sh-case] case statement
25843 \\[sh-for] for loop
25844 \\[sh-function] function definition
25845 \\[sh-if] if statement
25846 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25847 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25848 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25849 \\[sh-select] select loop
25850 \\[sh-until] until loop
25851 \\[sh-while] while loop
25852
25853 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25854 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25855 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25856 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25857 would indent to the way it currently is.
25858 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25859 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25860
25861
25862 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25863 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25864 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25865 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25866 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25867 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25868
25869 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25870 {, (, [, ', \", `
25871 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25872
25873 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25874 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25875 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25876
25877 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25878 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25879
25880 \(fn)" t nil)
25881
25882 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25883
25884 ;;;***
25885 \f
25886 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25887 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
25888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25889
25890 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25891 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25892
25893 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25894 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25895 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25896
25897 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25898 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25899 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25900 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25901 the earlier.
25902
25903 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25904
25905 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25906
25907 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25908 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25909 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25910
25911 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25912 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25913
25914 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25915 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25916 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25917 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25918 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25919 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25920 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25921 Emacs version).
25922
25923 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25924 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25925 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25926 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25927 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25928
25929 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25930 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25931
25932 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25933
25934 ;;;***
25935 \f
25936 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25937 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20229
25938 ;;;;;; 34587))
25939 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25940
25941 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25942 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25943 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25944 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25945 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25946 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25947 sites in the cluster.
25948
25949 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25950
25951 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25952 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25953 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25954 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25955 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25956
25957 \(fn)" t nil)
25958
25959 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25960 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25961 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25962 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25963 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25964 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25965 `shadow-define-cluster').
25966
25967 \(fn)" t nil)
25968
25969 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25970 Set up file shadowing.
25971
25972 \(fn)" t nil)
25973
25974 ;;;***
25975 \f
25976 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25977 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
25978 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25979
25980 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25981 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25982 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25983 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25984 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25985 arguments.")
25986
25987 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25988
25989 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25990 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25991 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25992 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25993 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25994
25995 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25996 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25997 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25998 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25999 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
26000 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
26001 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
26002 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
26003 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
26004 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
26005 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
26006
26007 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26008 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26009 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26010 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
26011 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26012 `default-process-coding-system'.
26013
26014 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
26015 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
26016 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
26017 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
26018
26019 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
26020
26021 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26022
26023 ;;;***
26024 \f
26025 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20298
26026 ;;;;;; 5305))
26027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
26028
26029 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
26030 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
26031 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
26032 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
26033
26034 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
26035
26036 ;;;***
26037 \f
26038 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
26039 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20229 34587))
26040 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
26041
26042 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
26043
26044
26045 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
26046
26047 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
26048
26049
26050 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26051
26052 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
26053
26054
26055 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
26056
26057 ;;;***
26058 \f
26059 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
26060 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
26061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
26062
26063 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
26064 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
26065 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
26066 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
26067 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
26068
26069 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
26070
26071 \(fn)" t nil)
26072
26073 ;;;***
26074 \f
26075 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20229
26076 ;;;;;; 34587))
26077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
26078
26079 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
26080 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
26081 \\{simula-mode-map}
26082 Variables controlling indentation style:
26083 `simula-tab-always-indent'
26084 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
26085 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
26086 `simula-indent-level'
26087 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
26088 `simula-substatement-offset'
26089 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
26090 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
26091 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
26092 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
26093 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
26094 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
26095 `simula-label-offset' -4711
26096 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
26097 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
26098 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
26099 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
26100 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
26101 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
26102 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
26103 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
26104 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
26105 `simula-electric-indent' nil
26106 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
26107 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
26108 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
26109 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
26110 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
26111 or nil if they should not be changed.
26112 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
26113 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
26114 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
26115 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
26116
26117 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
26118 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
26119
26120 \(fn)" t nil)
26121
26122 ;;;***
26123 \f
26124 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
26125 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20229 34587))
26126 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
26127
26128 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
26129 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
26130
26131 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
26132 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
26133 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
26134 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
26135
26136 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
26137
26138 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
26139 Insert SKELETON.
26140 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
26141 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
26142 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
26143 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
26144 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
26145
26146 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
26147 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
26148
26149 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
26150
26151 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
26152 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
26153
26154 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
26155 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
26156 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
26157 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
26158
26159 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
26160 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
26161 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
26162 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
26163
26164 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
26165 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
26166 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
26167
26168 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
26169 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
26170
26171 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
26172 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
26173
26174 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
26175 _ interesting point, interregion here
26176 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
26177 interesting point set by _
26178 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
26179 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
26180 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
26181 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
26182 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
26183 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
26184 nil skipped
26185
26186 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
26187 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
26188
26189 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
26190 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
26191 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
26192 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
26193 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
26194 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
26195 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
26196 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
26197
26198 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
26199 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
26200 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
26201 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
26202 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
26203 available:
26204
26205 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
26206 then: insert previously read string once more
26207 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
26208 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
26209 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
26210
26211 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
26212 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
26213
26214 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
26215
26216 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
26217 Insert the character you type ARG times.
26218
26219 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
26220 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
26221 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
26222 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
26223 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
26224 such as backslash.
26225
26226 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
26227 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
26228 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
26229
26230 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26231
26232 ;;;***
26233 \f
26234 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
26235 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20273 55692))
26236 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
26237
26238 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
26239 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
26240 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
26241 buffer names.
26242
26243 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
26244
26245 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
26246 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
26247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26248 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26249 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26250 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26251
26252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26253
26254 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26255 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26256 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26257
26258 \(fn)" t nil)
26259
26260 ;;;***
26261 \f
26262 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26263 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
26264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26265
26266 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26267 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26268 A list of images is returned.
26269
26270 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26273 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26274 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26275
26276 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26277
26278 ;;;***
26279 \f
26280 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26281 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20283 8297))
26282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26283
26284 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26285
26286
26287 \(fn)" nil nil)
26288
26289 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26290 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26291
26292 \(fn)" t nil)
26293
26294 ;;;***
26295 \f
26296 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20229 34587))
26297 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26298
26299 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26300 Play the Snake game.
26301 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26302
26303 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26304
26305 Snake mode keybindings:
26306 \\<snake-mode-map>
26307 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26308 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26309 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26310 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26311 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26312 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26313 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26314
26315 \(fn)" t nil)
26316
26317 ;;;***
26318 \f
26319 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26320 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
26321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26322
26323 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26324 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26325 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26326 Tab indents for C code.
26327 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26328 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26329 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26330 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26331 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26332
26333 \(fn)" t nil)
26334
26335 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26336 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26337 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26338 Tab indents for C code.
26339 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26340 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26341 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26342 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26343 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26344
26345 \(fn)" t nil)
26346
26347 ;;;***
26348 \f
26349 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20229
26350 ;;;;;; 34587))
26351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26352
26353 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26354 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26355 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26356 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26357 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26358
26359 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26360
26361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26362
26363 ;;;***
26364 \f
26365 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20229
26366 ;;;;;; 34587))
26367 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26368
26369 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26370 Play Solitaire.
26371
26372 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26373 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26374 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26375 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26376 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26377 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26378 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26379 check after each move or undo.)
26380
26381 What is Solitaire?
26382
26383 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26384 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26385 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26386
26387 Le Solitaire
26388 ============
26389
26390 o o o
26391
26392 o o o
26393
26394 o o o o o o o
26395
26396 o o o . o o o
26397
26398 o o o o o o o
26399
26400 o o o
26401
26402 o o o
26403
26404 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26405 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26406 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26407 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26408
26409 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26410 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26411 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26412 this: o o .
26413
26414 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26415 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26416
26417 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26418
26419 o o o
26420
26421 . o o
26422
26423 o o . o o o o
26424
26425 o . o o o o o
26426
26427 o o o o o o o
26428
26429 o o o
26430
26431 o o o
26432
26433 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26434
26435 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26436
26437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26438
26439 ;;;***
26440 \f
26441 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26442 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26443 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20229 34587))
26444 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26445 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26446
26447 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26448 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26449
26450 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26451 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26452 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26453 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26454 contiguous.
26455
26456 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26457 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26458 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26459 the sort order.
26460
26461 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26462 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26463
26464 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26465 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26466 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26467 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26468 is called.
26469
26470 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26471 It should move point to the end of the record.
26472
26473 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26474 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26475 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26476 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26477 starts at the beginning of the record.
26478
26479 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26480 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26481 same as ENDRECFUN.
26482
26483 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26484 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26485
26486 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26487
26488 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26489 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26490 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26491 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26492 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26493 the sort order.
26494
26495 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26496
26497 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26498 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26499 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26500 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26501 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26502 the sort order.
26503
26504 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26505
26506 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26507 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26508 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26509 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26510 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26511 the sort order.
26512
26513 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26514 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26515
26516 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26517 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26518 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26519 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26520 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26521 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26522 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26523 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26524 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26525
26526 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26527
26528 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26529 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26530 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26531 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26532 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26533 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26534 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26535 the sort order.
26536
26537 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26538
26539 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26540 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26541 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26542 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26543 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26544 is to be used for sorting.
26545 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26546 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26547 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26548 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26549 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26550
26551 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26552
26553 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26554 the sort order.
26555
26556 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26557 starting with the letter \"f\",
26558 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26559
26560 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26561
26562 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26563 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26564 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26565 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26566 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26567 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26568 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26569 the sort order.
26570
26571 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26572 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26573 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26574 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26575 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26576
26577 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26578
26579 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26580 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26581 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26582
26583 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26584
26585 ;;;***
26586 \f
26587 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20229
26588 ;;;;;; 34587))
26589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26590
26591 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26592 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26593 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26594 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26595 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26596 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26597
26598 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26599
26600 ;;;***
26601 \f
26602 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26603 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26604 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20229 34587))
26605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26606
26607 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26608 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26609
26610 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26611 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26612 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26613
26614 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26615
26616 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26617 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26618 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26619 server.
26620
26621 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26622
26623 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26624 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26625 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26626
26627 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26628
26629 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26630 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26631 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26632 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26633 Agent is plugged.
26634
26635 \(fn)" t nil)
26636
26637 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26638 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26639 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26640 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26641
26642 \(fn)" t nil)
26643
26644 ;;;***
26645 \f
26646 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26647 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20229 34587))
26648 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26649
26650 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26651
26652 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26653 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26654 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26655 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26656 supported at a time.
26657 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26658 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26659
26660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26661
26662 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26663 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26664 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26665 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26666
26667 \(fn)" t nil)
26668
26669 ;;;***
26670 \f
26671 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20229
26672 ;;;;;; 34587))
26673 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26674
26675 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26676 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26677
26678 \(fn)" t nil)
26679
26680 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26681 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26682
26683 \(fn)" nil nil)
26684
26685 ;;;***
26686 \f
26687 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26688 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26689 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26690 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26691 ;;;;;; (20303 23227))
26692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26693
26694 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26695 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26696
26697 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26698 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26699 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26700 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26701 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26702 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26703 of the current highlighting list.
26704
26705 For example:
26706
26707 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26708 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26709
26710 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26711 `_t' as data types.
26712
26713 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26714
26715 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26716 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26717
26718 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26719 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26720
26721 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26722
26723 \\\\FREE
26724
26725 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26726
26727 \\\\NONFREE
26728
26729 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26730
26731 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26732 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26733
26734 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26735 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26736 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26737 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26738
26739 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26740 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26741 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26742 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26743
26744 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26745 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26746 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26747
26748 \(fn)" t nil)
26749
26750 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26751 Major mode to edit SQL.
26752
26753 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26754 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26755 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26756
26757 \\{sql-mode-map}
26758 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26759
26760 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26761 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26762 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26763 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26764 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26765 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26766
26767 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26768 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26769
26770 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26771 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26772 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26773
26774 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26775 (lambda ()
26776 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26777
26778 \(fn)" t nil)
26779
26780 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26781 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26782
26783 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26784 their settings.
26785
26786 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26787 is specified in the connection settings.
26788
26789 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26790
26791 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26792 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26793
26794 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26795 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26796
26797 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26798 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26799 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26800 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26801
26802 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26803
26804 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26805
26806 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26807 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26808
26809 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26810 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26811 `*SQL*'.
26812
26813 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26814 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26815 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26816 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26817
26818 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26819 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26820
26821 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26822 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26823 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26824 buffer.
26825
26826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26827 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26828 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26831 `default-process-coding-system'.
26832
26833 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26834
26835 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26836
26837 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26838 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26839
26840 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26841 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26842 `*SQL*'.
26843
26844 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26845 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26846 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26847 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26848
26849 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26850 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26851
26852 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26853 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26854 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26855 buffer.
26856
26857 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26858 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26859 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26860 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26861 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26862 `default-process-coding-system'.
26863
26864 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26865
26866 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26867
26868 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26869 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26870
26871 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26872 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26873 `*SQL*'.
26874
26875 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26876 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26877
26878 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26879 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26880
26881 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26882 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26883 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26884 buffer.
26885
26886 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26887 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26888 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26889 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26890 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26891 `default-process-coding-system'.
26892
26893 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26894
26895 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26896
26897 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26898 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26899
26900 SQLite is free software.
26901
26902 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26903 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26904 `*SQL*'.
26905
26906 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26907 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26908 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26909 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26910
26911 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26912 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26913
26914 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26915 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26916 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26917 buffer.
26918
26919 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26920 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26921 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26922 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26923 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26924 `default-process-coding-system'.
26925
26926 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26927
26928 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26929
26930 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26931 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26932
26933 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26934
26935 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26936 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26937 `*SQL*'.
26938
26939 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26940 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26941 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26942 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26943
26944 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26945 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26946
26947 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26948 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26949 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26950 buffer.
26951
26952 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26953 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26954 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26955 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26956 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26957 `default-process-coding-system'.
26958
26959 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26960
26961 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26962
26963 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26964 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26965
26966 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26967 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26968 `*SQL*'.
26969
26970 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26971 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26972 defaults, if set.
26973
26974 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26975 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26976
26977 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26978 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26979 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26980 buffer.
26981
26982 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26983 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26984 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26985 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26986 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26987 `default-process-coding-system'.
26988
26989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26990
26991 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26992
26993 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26994 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26995
26996 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26997 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26998 `*SQL*'.
26999
27000 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
27001 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
27002
27003 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27004 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27005
27006 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27007 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
27008 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27009 buffer.
27010
27011 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27012 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27013 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27014 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27015 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27016 `default-process-coding-system'.
27017
27018 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27019
27020 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27021
27022 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
27023 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
27024
27025 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27026 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27027 `*SQL*'.
27028
27029 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
27030 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
27031 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
27032 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
27033
27034 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27035 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27036
27037 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27038 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
27039 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27040 buffer.
27041
27042 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27043 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27044 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27045 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27046 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27047 `default-process-coding-system'.
27048
27049 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27050
27051 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27052
27053 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
27054 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
27055
27056 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27057 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27058 `*SQL*'.
27059
27060 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
27061 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
27062 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
27063 `sql-postgres-options'.
27064
27065 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27066 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27067
27068 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27069 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
27070 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27071 buffer.
27072
27073 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27074 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27075 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27076 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27077 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27078 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
27079 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
27080 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
27081
27082 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
27083 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
27084
27085 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27086
27087 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27088
27089 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
27090 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
27091
27092 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27093 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27094 `*SQL*'.
27095
27096 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
27097 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
27098 defaults, if set.
27099
27100 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27101 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27102
27103 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27104 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
27105 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27106 buffer.
27107
27108 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27109 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27110 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27111 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27112 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27113 `default-process-coding-system'.
27114
27115 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27116
27117 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27118
27119 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
27120 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
27121
27122 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27123 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27124 `*SQL*'.
27125
27126 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
27127 automatic login.
27128
27129 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27130 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27131
27132 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
27133 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
27134 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
27135 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
27136
27137 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27138 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
27139 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27140 buffer.
27141
27142 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
27143 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
27144 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
27145 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
27146 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
27147 `default-process-coding-system'.
27148
27149 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27150
27151 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27152
27153 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
27154 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
27155
27156 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
27157 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
27158 `*SQL*'.
27159
27160 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
27161 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
27162 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
27163 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
27164 parameters.
27165
27166 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
27167 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
27168 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
27169 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
27170 an empty password.
27171
27172 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
27173 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
27174
27175 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
27176 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
27177 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
27178 buffer.
27179
27180 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
27181
27182 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27183
27184 ;;;***
27185 \f
27186 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
27187 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
27188 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
27189
27190 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
27191 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
27192
27193 \(fn)" t nil)
27194
27195 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
27196
27197 ;;;***
27198 \f
27199 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
27200 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
27201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
27202
27203 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
27204 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
27205 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
27206 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
27207 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
27208 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
27209 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
27210 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
27211 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
27212 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
27213 with any buffer
27214 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
27215 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
27216 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
27217 GnuTLS requires a port number.
27218
27219 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
27220
27221 ;;;***
27222 \f
27223 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
27224 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
27225 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
27226 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
27227 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20229
27228 ;;;;;; 34587))
27229 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
27230
27231 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
27232 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
27233 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
27234 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
27235 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
27236 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
27237
27238 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
27239
27240 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
27241
27242 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
27243 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27244 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27245 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
27246 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
27247 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
27248 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27249
27250 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27251
27252 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27253 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27254 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27255 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27256 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27257 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27258 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27259
27260 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27261
27262 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27263 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27264 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27265
27266 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27267
27268 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27269 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27270 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27271
27272 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27273
27274 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27275 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27276
27277 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27278
27279 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27280 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27281
27282 \(fn)" t nil)
27283
27284 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27285 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27286
27287 \(fn)" t nil)
27288
27289 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27290 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27291 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27292 chronologically by command name.
27293 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27294
27295 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27296
27297 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27298 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27299 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27300 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27301 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27302 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27303
27304 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27305
27306 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27307 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27311
27312 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27313 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27314 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27315 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27316 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27317
27318 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27319 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27320 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27321 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27322
27323 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27324
27325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27326
27327 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27328 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27329 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27330 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27331
27332 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27333
27334 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27335 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27336
27337 \(fn)" t nil)
27338
27339 ;;;***
27340 \f
27341 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27342 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27344
27345 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27346 Studlify-case the region.
27347
27348 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27349
27350 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27351 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27352
27353 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27354
27355 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27356 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27357
27358 \(fn)" t nil)
27359
27360 ;;;***
27361 \f
27362 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27363 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
27364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27365
27366 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27367 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27369 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27370 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27371
27372 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27373 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27374 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27375 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27376
27377 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27378 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27379 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27380
27381 Nomenclature Subwords
27382 ===========================================================
27383 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27384 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27385 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27386
27387 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27388 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27389 as words.
27390
27391 \\{subword-mode-map}
27392
27393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27394
27395 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27396 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27397 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27400 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27401
27402 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27403
27404 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27405 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27406 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27407 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27408 ARG is omitted or nil.
27409
27410 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27411 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27412 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27413
27414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27415
27416 ;;;***
27417 \f
27418 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27419 ;;;;;; (20273 55692))
27420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27421
27422 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27423 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27424 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27425 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27426 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27427 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27428 original message but it does require a few things:
27429
27430 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27431
27432 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27433 reply buffer.
27434
27435 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27436 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27437 original message.
27438
27439 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27440
27441 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27442
27443 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27444 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27445 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27446
27447 \(fn)" nil nil)
27448
27449 ;;;***
27450 \f
27451 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20229
27452 ;;;;;; 34587))
27453 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27454
27455 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27456
27457 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27458 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27459 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27462 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27463
27464 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27465
27466 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27467 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27469 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27470 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27471
27472 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27473 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27474 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27475
27476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27477
27478 ;;;***
27479 \f
27480 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20229 34587))
27481 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27482
27483 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27484 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27485 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27486 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27487 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27488
27489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27490
27491 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27492 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27493 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27494 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27495 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27496 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27497 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27498
27499 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27500
27501 ;;;***
27502 \f
27503 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27504 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27505 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27506 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27507 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27508 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27509 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27510 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27511 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27512 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27513 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27514 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27515 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20229 34587))
27516 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27517
27518 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27519 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27520 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27521
27522 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27523
27524 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27525 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27526
27527 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27528
27529 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27530 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27531
27532 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27533
27534 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27535 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27536
27537 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27538
27539 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27540 Insert an editable text table.
27541 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27542 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27543 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27544 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27545 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27546 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27547 delimiting them.
27548
27549 Examples:
27550
27551 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27552
27553 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27554 location of point.
27555
27556 -!-
27557
27558 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27559 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27560 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27561 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27562 first cell.
27563
27564 +-----+-----+-----+
27565 |-!- | | |
27566 +-----+-----+-----+
27567
27568 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27569
27570 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27571 width, which results as
27572
27573 +--------------+-----+-----+
27574 |-!- | | |
27575 +--------------+-----+-----+
27576
27577 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27578 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27579
27580 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27581 | | |-!- |
27582 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27583
27584 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27585 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27586 width information to `table-insert'.
27587
27588 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27589
27590 instead of
27591
27592 Cell width(s): 5
27593
27594 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27595 work all together.
27596
27597 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27598 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27599
27600 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27601 |-!- | | |
27602 | | | |
27603 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27604
27605 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27606
27607 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27608 |-!- | | |
27609 | | | |
27610 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27611 | | | |
27612 | | | |
27613 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27614
27615 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27616
27617 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27618 | | | |
27619 | | | |
27620 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27621 | | | |
27622 | | | |
27623 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27624 -!-
27625
27626 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27627 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27628 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27629
27630 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27631 | | | |
27632 | | | |
27633 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27634 | | | |
27635 | | | |
27636 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27637 |-!- | | |
27638 | | | |
27639 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27640
27641 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27642 results.
27643
27644 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27645 | | | |
27646 | | | |
27647 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27648 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27649 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27650 | | |expected results.-!- |
27651 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27652 | | | |
27653 | | | |
27654 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27655
27656 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27657
27658 \\{table-cell-map}
27659
27660 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27661
27662 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27663 Insert N table row(s).
27664 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27665 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27666 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27667 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27668
27669 \(fn N)" t nil)
27670
27671 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27672 Insert N table column(s).
27673 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27674 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27675 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27676 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27677
27678 \(fn N)" t nil)
27679
27680 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27681 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27682 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27683
27684 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27685
27686 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27687 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27688 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27689 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27690 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27691 all the table specific features.
27692
27693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27694
27695 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27696
27697
27698 \(fn)" t nil)
27699
27700 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27701 Recognize all tables within region.
27702 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27703 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27704 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27705 specific features.
27706
27707 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27708
27709 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27710
27711
27712 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27713
27714 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27715 Recognize a table at point.
27716 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27717 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27718 the table specific features.
27719
27720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27721
27722 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27723
27724
27725 \(fn)" t nil)
27726
27727 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27728 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27729 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27730 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27731 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27732 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27733 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27734
27735 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27738
27739
27740 \(fn)" t nil)
27741
27742 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27743 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27744 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27745 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27746 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27747 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27748 specified.
27749
27750 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27751
27752 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27753 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27754 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27755 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27756 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27757 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27758 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27759 table structure.
27760
27761 \(fn N)" t nil)
27762
27763 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27764 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27765 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27766 table's rectangle structure.
27767
27768 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27769
27770 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27771 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27772 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27773 table's rectangle structure.
27774
27775 \(fn N)" t nil)
27776
27777 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27778 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27779 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27780 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27781 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27782
27783 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27784
27785 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27786 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27787 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27788
27789 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27790 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27791 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27792 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27793 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27794 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27795 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27796
27797 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27798 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27799 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27800 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27801 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27802 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27803 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27804
27805 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27806 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27807 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27808 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27809 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27810 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27811 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27812 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27813
27814 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27815
27816 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27817 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27818 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27819 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27820
27821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27822
27823 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27824 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27825 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27826
27827 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27830 Split current cell vertically.
27831 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27832
27833 \(fn)" t nil)
27834
27835 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27836 Split current cell horizontally.
27837 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27838
27839 \(fn)" t nil)
27840
27841 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27842 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27843 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27844
27845 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27846
27847 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27848 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27849 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27850 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27851
27852 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27853
27854 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27855 Justify cell contents.
27856 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27857 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27858 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27859 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27860
27861 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27862
27863 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27864 Justify cells of a row.
27865 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27866 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27867
27868 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27869
27870 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27871 Justify cells of a column.
27872 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27873 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27874
27875 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27876
27877 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27878 Toggle fixing width mode.
27879 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27880 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27881 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27882
27883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27884
27885 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27886 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27887 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27888 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27889 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27890 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27891 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27892 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27893 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27894 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27895 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27896
27897 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27898
27899 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27900 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27901 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27902 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27903 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27904 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27905 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27906 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27907 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27908 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27909 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27910 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27911 untouched.
27912
27913 References used for this implementation:
27914
27915 HTML:
27916 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27917
27918 LaTeX:
27919 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27920
27921 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27922 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27923 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27924
27925 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27926
27927 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27928 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27929 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27930 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27931 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27932 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27933 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27934 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27935 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27936 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27937 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27938 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27939 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27940 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27941 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27942 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27943 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27944
27945 Example:
27946
27947 (progn
27948 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27949 (table-forward-cell 15)
27950 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27951 (table-forward-cell 16)
27952 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27953 (table-forward-cell 1)
27954 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27955
27956 (progn
27957 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27958 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27959 (table-forward-cell 1)
27960 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27961
27962 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27963
27964 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27965 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27966 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27967 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27968 consists from cells of same height.
27969
27970 \(fn N)" t nil)
27971
27972 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27973 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27974 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27975 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27976 column must consists from cells of same width.
27977
27978 \(fn N)" t nil)
27979
27980 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27981 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27982 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27983 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27984 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27985 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27986 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27987 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27988 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27989 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27990 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27991 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27992 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27993 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27994 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27995
27996
27997 Example 1:
27998
27999 1, 2, 3, 4
28000 5, 6, 7, 8
28001 , 9, 10
28002
28003 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
28004 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
28005 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
28006 specified as 5.
28007
28008 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28009 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
28010 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28011 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
28012 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28013 | | 9 | 10 | |
28014 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
28015
28016 Note:
28017
28018 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
28019 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
28020 of each row is optional.
28021
28022
28023 Example 2:
28024
28025 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
28026 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
28027 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
28028 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
28029 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
28030
28031 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
28032 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
28033
28034 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
28035 expression and raw delimiter regular
28036 expression, it parses the specified text
28037 area and extracts cell items from
28038 non-table text and then forms a table out
28039 of them.
28040
28041 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
28042 creates a single cell table. The text in
28043 the specified region is placed in that
28044 cell.-*-
28045
28046 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
28047 like this.
28048
28049 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28050 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28051 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28052 | |
28053 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
28054 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
28055 | expression, it parses the specified text |
28056 | area and extracts cell items from |
28057 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
28058 | of them. |
28059 | |
28060 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
28061 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
28062 | the specified region is placed in that |
28063 | cell. |
28064 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28065
28066 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
28067 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
28068 independently.
28069
28070 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
28071 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
28072 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
28073 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28074 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
28075 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
28076 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
28077 | |area and extracts cell items from |
28078 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
28079 | |of them. |
28080 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28081 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
28082 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
28083 | |the specified region is placed in that |
28084 | |cell. |
28085 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
28086
28087 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
28088 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
28089 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
28090
28091 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
28092
28093 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
28094 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
28095 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
28096 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
28097 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
28098
28099 \(fn)" t nil)
28100
28101 ;;;***
28102 \f
28103 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
28104 ;;;;;; (20257 13883))
28105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
28106
28107 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
28108 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
28109 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
28110 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
28111
28112 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
28113 which are labeled using the header line. Each non-empty line
28114 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
28115 to their column values.
28116
28117 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
28118
28119 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
28120 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
28121 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
28122 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
28123 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
28124 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
28125 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
28126 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
28127
28128 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
28129 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
28130 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
28131 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
28132 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
28133 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
28134
28135 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
28136 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
28137 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
28138 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
28139 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
28140 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
28141
28142 \(fn)" t nil)
28143
28144 ;;;***
28145 \f
28146 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20229 34587))
28147 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
28148
28149 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
28150 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
28151
28152 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
28153
28154 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
28155 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
28156
28157 \(fn)" t nil)
28158
28159 ;;;***
28160 \f
28161 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20273 55692))
28162 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
28163
28164 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
28165 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
28166 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
28167 Letters no longer insert themselves.
28168 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
28169 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
28170 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
28171
28172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
28173 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
28174 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
28175 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
28176
28177 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
28178 \\{tar-mode-map}
28179
28180 \(fn)" t nil)
28181
28182 ;;;***
28183 \f
28184 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
28185 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20229 34587))
28186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
28187
28188 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
28189 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
28190 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
28191 Tab indents for Tcl code.
28192 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
28193 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28194
28195 Variables controlling indentation style:
28196 `tcl-indent-level'
28197 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
28198 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
28199 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
28200
28201 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
28202 documentation for details):
28203 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
28204 Controls action of TAB key.
28205 `tcl-auto-newline'
28206 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
28207 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
28208 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
28209 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
28210 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
28211
28212 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
28213 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
28214 already exist.
28215
28216 \(fn)" t nil)
28217
28218 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
28219 Run inferior Tcl process.
28220 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
28221 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
28222
28223 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
28224
28225 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
28226 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
28227 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
28228
28229 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
28230
28231 ;;;***
28232 \f
28233 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20229 34587))
28234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
28235
28236 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
28237 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28238 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
28239 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
28240
28241 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
28242 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
28243 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
28244 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
28245 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28246
28247 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
28248
28249 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
28250 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
28251 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
28252 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
28253
28254 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28255
28256 ;;;***
28257 \f
28258 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
28259 ;;;;;; (20256 47696))
28260 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
28261
28262 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
28263 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
28264 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
28265 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
28266 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
28267 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
28268
28269 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
28270
28271 (autoload 'term "term" "\
28272 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28273 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
28274 commands to use in that buffer.
28275
28276 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28277
28278 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
28279
28280 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
28281 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
28282
28283 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
28284
28285 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
28286 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
28287 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
28288 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
28289 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
28290 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
28291 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
28292 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28293 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28294 use in that buffer.
28295 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28296
28297 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28298
28299 ;;;***
28300 \f
28301 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20229
28302 ;;;;;; 34587))
28303 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28304
28305 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28306 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28307 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28308 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28309 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28310 program as keyboard input.
28311
28312 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28313 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28314 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28315 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28316
28317 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28318 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28319 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28320 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28321 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28322
28323 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28324
28325 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28326 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28327 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28328 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28329
28330 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28331 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28332 subprocess started.
28333
28334 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28335
28336 ;;;***
28337 \f
28338 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28339 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28341
28342 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28343 Start coverage on function under point.
28344
28345 \(fn)" t nil)
28346
28347 ;;;***
28348 \f
28349 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20229 34587))
28350 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28351
28352 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28353 Play the Tetris game.
28354 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28355 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28356 as to form complete rows.
28357
28358 tetris-mode keybindings:
28359 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28360 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28361 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28362 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28363 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28364 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28365 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28366 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28367 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28368
28369 \(fn)" t nil)
28370
28371 ;;;***
28372 \f
28373 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28374 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28375 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28376 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28377 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28378 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28379 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28380 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28382
28383 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28384 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28385
28386 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28387
28388 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28389 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28390 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28391 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28392 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28393
28394 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28395
28396 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28397 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28398 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28399 if it matches the first line of the file,
28400 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28401
28402 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28403
28404 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28405 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28406 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28407 if the variable is non-nil.")
28408
28409 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28410
28411 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28412 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28413
28414 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28415
28416 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28417 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28418 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28419 See the documentation of that variable.")
28420
28421 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28422
28423 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28424 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28425 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28426 See the documentation of that variable.")
28427
28428 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28429
28430 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28431 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28432 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28433 See the documentation of that variable.")
28434
28435 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28436
28437 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28438 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28439 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28440 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28441 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28442
28443 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28444
28445 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28446 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28447 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28448 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28449
28450 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28451
28452 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28453 User defined LaTeX block names.
28454 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28455
28456 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28457
28458 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28459 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28460 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28461 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28462
28463 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28464
28465 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28466 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28467 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28468 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28469
28470 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28471
28472 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28473 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28474 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28475 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28476
28477 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28478 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28479 for example,
28480
28481 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28482 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28483
28484 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28485 use.")
28486
28487 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28488
28489 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28490 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28491 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28492 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28493 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28494
28495 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28496
28497 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28498
28499 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28500 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28501 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28502
28503 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28504
28505 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28506 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28507 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28508 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28509 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28510
28511 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28512
28513 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28514 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28515
28516 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28517
28518 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28519 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28520
28521 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28522
28523 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28524 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28525 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28526 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28527 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28528 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28529 says which mode to use.
28530
28531 \(fn)" t nil)
28532
28533 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28534
28535 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28536
28537 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28538
28539 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28540 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28541 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28542 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28543 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28544
28545 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28546 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28547 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28548 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28549 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28550 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28551 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28552
28553 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28554 mismatched $'s or braces.
28555
28556 Special commands:
28557 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28558
28559 Mode variables:
28560 tex-run-command
28561 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28562 tex-directory
28563 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28564 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28565 tex-dvi-print-command
28566 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28567 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28568 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28569 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28570 tex-dvi-view-command
28571 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28572 tex-show-queue-command
28573 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28574 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28575
28576 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28577 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28578 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28579
28580 \(fn)" t nil)
28581
28582 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28583 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28584 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28585 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28586 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28587
28588 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28589 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28590 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28591 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28592 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28593 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28594 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28595
28596 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28597 mismatched $'s or braces.
28598
28599 Special commands:
28600 \\{latex-mode-map}
28601
28602 Mode variables:
28603 latex-run-command
28604 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28605 tex-directory
28606 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28607 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28608 tex-dvi-print-command
28609 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28610 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28611 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28612 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28613 tex-dvi-view-command
28614 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28615 tex-show-queue-command
28616 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28617 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28618
28619 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28620 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28621 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28622
28623 \(fn)" t nil)
28624
28625 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28626 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28627 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28628 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28629 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28630
28631 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28632 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28633 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28634 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28635 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28636 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28637 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28638
28639 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28640 mismatched $'s or braces.
28641
28642 Special commands:
28643 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28644
28645 Mode variables:
28646 slitex-run-command
28647 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28648 tex-directory
28649 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28650 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28651 tex-dvi-print-command
28652 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28653 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28654 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28655 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28656 tex-dvi-view-command
28657 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28658 tex-show-queue-command
28659 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28660 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28661
28662 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28663 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28664 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28665 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28666
28667 \(fn)" t nil)
28668
28669 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28670
28671
28672 \(fn)" nil nil)
28673
28674 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28675 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28676
28677 \(fn)" t nil)
28678
28679 ;;;***
28680 \f
28681 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28682 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20229 34587))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28684
28685 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28686 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28687 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28688 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28689
28690 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28691 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28692 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28693
28694 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28695
28696 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28697 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28698 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28699 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28700 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28701
28702 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28703
28704 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28705 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28706 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28707 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28708
28709 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28710 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28711 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28712 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28713
28714 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28715 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28716
28717 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28718
28719 ;;;***
28720 \f
28721 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28722 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20229 34587))
28723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28724
28725 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28726 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28727
28728 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28729
28730 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28731 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28732
28733 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28734
28735 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28736 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28737
28738 It has these extra commands:
28739 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28740
28741 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28742 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28743 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28744 modified version of TeX input format.
28745
28746 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28747 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28748 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28749 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28750
28751 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28752 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28753 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28754 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28755 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28756 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28757 in the Texinfo file.
28758
28759 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28760 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28761 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28762 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28763 move forward past the closing brace.
28764
28765 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28766 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28767
28768 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28769 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28770 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28771
28772 Here are the functions:
28773
28774 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28775 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28776 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28777
28778 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28779 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28780 texinfo-master-menu
28781
28782 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28783
28784 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28785 which menu descriptions are indented.
28786
28787 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28788 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28789 in the region.
28790
28791 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28792 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28793 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28794 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28795
28796 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28797 be the first node in the file.
28798
28799 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28800 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28801
28802 \(fn)" t nil)
28803
28804 ;;;***
28805 \f
28806 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28807 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28808 ;;;;;; (20273 55692))
28809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28810
28811 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28812 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28813 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28814 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28815
28816 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28817
28818 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28819 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28820
28821 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28822
28823 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28824 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28825
28826 \(fn)" t nil)
28827
28828 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28829
28830
28831 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28832
28833 ;;;***
28834 \f
28835 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28836 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28837 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20229 34587))
28838 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28839
28840 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28841 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28842 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28843 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28844 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28845 `line', and `page'.
28846
28847 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28848
28849 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28850 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28851 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28852 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28853 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28854 `line', and `page'.
28855
28856 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28857 valid THING.
28858
28859 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28860 positions of the thing found.
28861
28862 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28863
28864 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28865 Return the THING at point.
28866 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28867 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28868 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28869 `line', and `page'.
28870
28871 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28872 a symbol as a valid THING.
28873
28874 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28875
28876 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28877 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28878
28879 \(fn)" nil nil)
28880
28881 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28882 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28883
28884 \(fn)" nil nil)
28885
28886 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28887 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28888
28889 \(fn)" nil nil)
28890
28891 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28892 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28893
28894 \(fn)" nil nil)
28895
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28899 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28900 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
28901 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28902
28903 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28904 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28905
28906 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28907
28908 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28909 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28910 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28911 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28912
28913 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28914
28915 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28916 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28917
28918 \(fn)" t nil)
28919
28920 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28921 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28922
28923 \(fn)" t nil)
28924
28925 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28926
28927 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28928 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28929
28930 \(fn)" t nil)
28931
28932 ;;;***
28933 \f
28934 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28935 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28936 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28937 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28938 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20229
28939 ;;;;;; 34587))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28941
28942 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28943 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28944 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28945
28946 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28947
28948 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28949 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28950
28951 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28952
28953 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28954 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28955 The returned string has no composition information.
28956
28957 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28958
28959 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28960 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28961
28962 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28963
28964 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28965 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28966
28967 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28968
28969 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28970 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28971 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28972 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28973
28974 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28975
28976 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28977 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28978 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28979 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28980
28981 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28982
28983 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28984 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28985 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28986
28987 \(fn)" t nil)
28988
28989 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28990 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28991 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28992
28993 \(fn)" t nil)
28994
28995 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28996
28997
28998 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28999
29000 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
29001
29002
29003 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29004
29005 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
29006
29007
29008 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29009
29010 ;;;***
29011 \f
29012 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
29013 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29014 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
29015
29016 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
29017 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
29018 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29019 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29020 parameters.
29021 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29022
29023 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
29024
29025 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
29026 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
29027 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
29028 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
29029 parameters.
29030 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
29031
29032 \(fn)" t nil)
29033
29034 ;;;***
29035 \f
29036 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
29037 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
29038 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20230 55355))
29039 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
29040
29041 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
29042 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
29043
29044 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
29045 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
29046
29047 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
29048 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29049 This display updates automatically every minute.
29050 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
29051 are displayed as well.
29052 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29053
29054 \(fn)" t nil)
29055
29056 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
29057 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
29058 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29060 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29061 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
29062
29063 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
29064
29065 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
29066 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
29067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
29068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29069 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
29070
29071 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
29072 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
29073 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
29074 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
29075 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
29076
29077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29078
29079 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
29080 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
29081 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
29082 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
29083
29084 \(fn)" t nil)
29085
29086 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
29087 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
29088 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
29089 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
29090
29091 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
29092
29093 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
29094 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
29095
29096 \(fn)" t nil)
29097
29098 ;;;***
29099 \f
29100 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
29101 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
29102 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
29103 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
29104 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29105 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
29106
29107 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
29108 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29109 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
29110
29111 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29112 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
29113 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
29114 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
29115 (progn
29116 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
29117 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
29118 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
29119
29120 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
29121 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
29122
29123 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
29124
29125 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
29126 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
29127
29128 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29129
29130 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
29131 Convert DAYS into a time value.
29132
29133 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
29134
29135 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
29136 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
29137 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
29138
29139 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29140
29141 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
29142
29143 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
29144 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
29145 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
29146
29147 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29148
29149 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
29150 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
29151
29152 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
29153
29154 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
29155 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
29156 DATE should be a date-time string.
29157
29158 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
29161 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
29162 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
29163
29164 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
29165
29166 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
29167 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
29168
29169 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
29170
29171 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
29172 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
29173
29174 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29175
29176 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
29177 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
29178 TIME should be a time value.
29179 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
29180
29181 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
29182
29183 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
29184 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
29185 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
29186
29187 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
29188
29189 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
29190 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
29191 The valid format specifiers are:
29192 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
29193 %d is the number of days.
29194 %h is the number of hours.
29195 %m is the number of minutes.
29196 %s is the number of seconds.
29197 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
29198 %% is a literal \"%\".
29199
29200 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
29201 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
29202
29203 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
29204 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
29205 return something of the form \"001 year\".
29206
29207 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
29208 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
29209 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
29210
29211 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
29212
29213 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
29214
29215 ;;;***
29216 \f
29217 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
29218 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20229 34587))
29219 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
29220 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29221 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
29222 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29223 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29224 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29225 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29226 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
29227 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
29228
29229 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
29230 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
29231 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
29232 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
29233 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
29234 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
29235 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
29236 look like one of the following:
29237 Time-stamp: <>
29238 Time-stamp: \" \"
29239 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
29240 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
29241 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
29242 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
29243 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
29244 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
29245 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
29246 the template.
29247
29248 \(fn)" t nil)
29249
29250 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
29251 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
29252 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
29253
29254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29255
29256 ;;;***
29257 \f
29258 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
29259 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
29260 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
29261 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
29262 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
29263 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
29264
29265 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
29266 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
29267 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
29268 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
29269 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
29270 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
29271 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
29272 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
29273 display (non-nil means on).
29274
29275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29276
29277 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
29278 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29279 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
29280 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
29281 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
29282 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
29283 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
29284 this function is called within a day.
29285
29286 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
29287 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
29288 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
29289 discover the name of the project.
29290
29291 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29292
29293 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29294 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29295 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29296 begun during the last time segment.
29297
29298 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29299 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29300 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29301 discover the reason.
29302
29303 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29304
29305 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29306 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29307 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29308 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29309 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29310
29311 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29312
29313 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29314 Change to working on a different project.
29315 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29316 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29317 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29318 working on.
29319
29320 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29321
29322 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29323 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29324 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29325
29326 \(fn)" nil nil)
29327
29328 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29329 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29330 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29331
29332 \(fn)" t nil)
29333
29334 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29335 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29336 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29337 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29338 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29339 \"relative to today\".
29340
29341 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29342
29343 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29344 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29345 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29346 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29347
29348 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29349
29350 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29351 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29352 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29353 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29354 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29355 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29356
29357 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29358
29359 ;;;***
29360 \f
29361 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29362 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20287 35000))
29363 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29364
29365 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29366 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29367 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29368 the generated Quail package is saved.
29369
29370 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29371
29372 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29373 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29374 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29375 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29376 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29377 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29378 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29379
29380 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29381
29382 ;;;***
29383 \f
29384 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29385 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20229 34587))
29386 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29387 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29388 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29389
29390 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29391 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29392 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29393 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29394 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29395
29396 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29397
29398 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29399 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29400 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29401 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29402 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29403
29404 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29405
29406 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29407 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29408 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29409 in the menu in two ways:
29410 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29411 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29412 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29413
29414 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29415 keymap or an alist of alists.
29416 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29417 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29418
29419 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29420
29421 ;;;***
29422 \f
29423 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29424 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29425 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20229 34587))
29426 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29427
29428 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29429 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29430
29431 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29432
29433 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29434 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29435
29436 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29437
29438 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29439 Insert new TODO list entry.
29440 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29441 category.
29442
29443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29444
29445 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29446 List top priorities for each category.
29447
29448 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29449 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29450
29451 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29452 between each category.
29453 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29454
29455 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29456
29457 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29458 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29459 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29460 between each category.
29461
29462 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29463
29464 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29465
29466 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29467 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29468
29469 \(fn)" t nil)
29470
29471 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29472 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29473
29474 \(fn)" nil nil)
29475
29476 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29477 Show TODO list.
29478
29479 \(fn)" t nil)
29480
29481 ;;;***
29482 \f
29483 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29484 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29485 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20279 40897))
29486 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29487
29488 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29489 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29490 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29491
29492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29493
29494 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29495 Add an item to the tool bar.
29496 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29497 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29498 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29499 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29500
29501 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29502 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29503 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29504 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29505
29506 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29507 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29508
29509 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29510
29511 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29512 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29513 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29514 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29515 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29516 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29517
29518 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29519 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29520 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29521 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29522
29523 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29524
29525 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29526 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29527 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29528 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29529 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29530 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29531 properties to add to the binding.
29532
29533 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29534
29535 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29536 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29537
29538 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29539
29540 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29541 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29542 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29543 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29544 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29545 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29546 properties to add to the binding.
29547
29548 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29549 holds a keymap.
29550
29551 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29552
29553 ;;;***
29554 \f
29555 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29556 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
29557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29558
29559 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29560 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29561 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29563 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29564 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29565
29566 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29567
29568 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29569 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29570 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29571 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29572 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29573
29574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29575
29576 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29577
29578 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29579 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29580
29581 \(fn)" t nil)
29582
29583 ;;;***
29584 \f
29585 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29586 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29588
29589 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29590 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29591
29592 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29593 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29594 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29595 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29596 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29597
29598 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29599 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29600 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29601 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29602 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29603
29604 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29605 (tpu-edt)
29606
29607 Known Problems:
29608
29609 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29610 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29611 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29612 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29613 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29614 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29615
29616 \(fn)" t nil)
29617
29618 ;;;***
29619 \f
29620 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20229 34587))
29621 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29622
29623 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29624 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29625 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29626 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29627 to a tcp server on another machine.
29628
29629 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29630
29631 ;;;***
29632 \f
29633 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29634 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20229 34587))
29635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29636
29637 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29638 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29639
29640 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29641
29642 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29643 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29644 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29645 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29646 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29647 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29648 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29649 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29650
29651 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29652
29653 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29654 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29655 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29656 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29657 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29658 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29659 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29660 the window or buffer configuration.
29661
29662 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29663
29664 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29665
29666 ;;;***
29667 \f
29668 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29669 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29670 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29671 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20300 47034))
29672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29673
29674 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29675 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29676 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29677
29678 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29679
29680 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29681 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29682
29683 It can have the following values:
29684
29685 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29686 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29687 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29688
29689 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29690
29691 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29692 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29693 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29694 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29695
29696 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29697
29698 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29699 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29700 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29701 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29702
29703 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29704 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29705 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29706
29707 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29708 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29709 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29710 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29711 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29712 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29713 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29714 files which are not really Tramp files.
29715
29716 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29717 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29718 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29719 updated after changing this variable.
29720
29721 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29722
29723 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29724 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29725 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29726 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29727
29728 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29729
29730 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29731 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29732 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29733 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29734
29735 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29736 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29737 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29738
29739 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29740 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29741 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29742
29743 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29744 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29745 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29746 updated after changing this variable.
29747
29748 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29749
29750 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29751 Alist of completion handler functions.
29752 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29753 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29754 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29755
29756 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29757 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29758 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29759 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29760
29761 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29762 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29763 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29764 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29765
29766 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29767 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29768 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29769
29770 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29771
29772 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29773 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29774 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29775
29776 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29777 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29778
29779 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29780
29781 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29782
29783
29784 \(fn)" nil nil)
29785
29786 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29787 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29788
29789 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29790
29791 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29792 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29793
29794 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29795
29796 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29797 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29798
29799 \(fn)" t nil)
29800
29801 ;;;***
29802 \f
29803 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29804 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29806
29807 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29808
29809
29810 \(fn)" nil nil)
29811
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20229
29815 ;;;;;; 34587))
29816 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29817
29818 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29819 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29820 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29821 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29822 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29823 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29824 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29825 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29826
29827 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29828 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29829 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29830
29831 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29832 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29833 resumed later.
29834
29835 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29836
29837 ;;;***
29838 \f
29839 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29840 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29841 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29842
29843 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29844
29845
29846 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29847
29848 ;;;***
29849 \f
29850 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29851 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20229 34587))
29852 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29853 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29854 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29855 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29856
29857 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29858 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29859 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29860 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29861 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29862 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29863 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29864
29865 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29866
29867 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29868 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29869 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29870 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29871
29872 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29873
29874 \(fn)" t nil)
29875
29876 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29877 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29878 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29879 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29880 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29881 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29882 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29883
29884 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29885 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29886
29887 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29888 \\___/\\
29889 / \\
29890 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29891
29892 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29893
29894 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29895
29896 ;;;***
29897 \f
29898 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29899 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29900 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29901 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29902 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
29903 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29904
29905 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29906 Toggle typing break mode.
29907 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29908 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29909 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29910
29911 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29912
29913 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29914 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29915
29916 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29917
29918 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29919 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29920
29921 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29922 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29923 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29924
29925 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29926 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29927
29928 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29929
29930 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29931 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29932
29933 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29934 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29935 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29936 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29937
29938 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29939
29940 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29941 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29942 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29943
29944 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29945 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29946 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29947 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29948 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29949 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29950
29951 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29952 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29953 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29954 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29955
29956 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29957 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29958
29959 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29960 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29961
29962 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29963
29964 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29965 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29966 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29967
29968 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29969 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29970 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29971 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29972 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29973 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29974 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29975
29976 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29977 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29978
29979 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29980 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29981 reset the keystroke counter.
29982
29983 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29984 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29985 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29986 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29987
29988 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29989 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29990 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29991 `type-break-schedule' command.
29992
29993 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29994 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29995 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29996 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29997 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29998 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29999 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
30000 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
30001 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
30002
30003 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
30004 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
30005 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
30006 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
30007 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
30008
30009 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
30010 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
30011 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
30012 approximate good values for this.
30013
30014 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
30015 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
30016
30017 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
30018 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
30019 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
30020 `type-break-warning-repeat'
30021 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
30022 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
30023
30024 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
30025 a typing break occur. They include:
30026
30027 `type-break-query-mode'
30028 `type-break-query-function'
30029 `type-break-query-interval'
30030
30031 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
30032
30033 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
30034 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
30035 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
30036 problems.
30037
30038 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
30039
30040 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
30041 Take a typing break.
30042
30043 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
30044 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
30045
30046 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
30047 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
30048
30049 \(fn)" t nil)
30050
30051 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
30052 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
30053 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
30054 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
30055
30056 \(fn)" t nil)
30057
30058 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
30059 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
30060
30061 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
30062 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
30063 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
30064 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
30065 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
30066 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
30067 average typing speed.)
30068
30069 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
30070 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
30071 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
30072 the computed maximum threshold.
30073
30074 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
30075 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
30076 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
30077 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
30078 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
30079
30080 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
30081
30082 ;;;***
30083 \f
30084 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20229 34587))
30085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
30086
30087 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
30088 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
30089 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
30090 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
30091 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
30092
30093 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
30094
30095 ;;;***
30096 \f
30097 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
30098 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
30099 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
30100 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
30101 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
30102 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20229 34587))
30103 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
30104
30105 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30106 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
30107
30108 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30109
30110 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30111 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
30112
30113 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30114
30115 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30116 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
30117
30118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30119
30120 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30121 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
30122
30123 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30124
30125 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30126 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
30127
30128 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30129
30130 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30131 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
30132
30133 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30134
30135 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30136 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
30137
30138 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30139
30140 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30141 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
30142
30143 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30144
30145 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30146 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30147
30148 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30149
30150 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30151 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30152
30153 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30154
30155 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
30156 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30157
30158 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30159
30160 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
30161 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
30162
30163 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
30164
30165 ;;;***
30166 \f
30167 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
30168 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20229 34587))
30169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
30170
30171 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
30172 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
30173 Works by overstriking underscores.
30174 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30175 which specify the range to operate on.
30176
30177 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30178
30179 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
30180 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
30181 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
30182 which specify the range to operate on.
30183
30184 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30185
30186 ;;;***
30187 \f
30188 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
30189 ;;;;;; (20235 41048))
30190 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
30191
30192 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
30193 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
30194 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
30195 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
30196 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
30197 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
30198
30199 \(fn)" nil nil)
30200
30201 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
30202 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
30203
30204 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
30205
30206 ;;;***
30207 \f
30208 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20229
30209 ;;;;;; 34587))
30210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
30211
30212 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
30213 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
30214 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
30215 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
30216
30217 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
30218
30219 ;;;***
30220 \f
30221 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
30222 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20290 11197))
30223 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
30224
30225 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
30226 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30227 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30228
30229 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
30230 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
30231 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
30232 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
30233 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
30234 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
30235
30236 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
30237 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
30238 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
30239
30240 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
30241 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
30242 the callback is not called).
30243
30244 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
30245 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
30246 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
30247 take effect.
30248
30249 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
30250 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
30251 the server.
30252
30253 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30254
30255 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
30256 Retrieve URL synchronously.
30257 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
30258 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
30259 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
30260
30261 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30262
30263 ;;;***
30264 \f
30265 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
30266 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20238 49468))
30267 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
30268
30269 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
30270 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
30271 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
30272
30273 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
30274 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
30275 `url-generic-parse-url'
30276 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
30277 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
30278 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
30279 realm
30280 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
30281 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
30282 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
30283 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
30284 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
30285 what type of auth to use
30286 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
30287 if one cannot be found in the cache
30288
30289 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30290
30291 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30292 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30293
30294 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30295 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30296 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30297 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30298 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30299 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30300 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30301 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30302
30303 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30304
30305 ;;;***
30306 \f
30307 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30308 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20273 2111))
30309 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30310
30311 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30312 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30313
30314 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30315
30316 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30317 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30318 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30319
30320 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30321
30322 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30323 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30324
30325 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30326
30327 ;;;***
30328 \f
30329 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20229 34587))
30330 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30331
30332 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30333
30334
30335 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30336
30337 ;;;***
30338 \f
30339 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30340 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20229 34587))
30341 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30342
30343 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30344
30345
30346 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30347
30348 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30349
30350
30351 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30352
30353 ;;;***
30354 \f
30355 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20229
30356 ;;;;;; 34587))
30357 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30358
30359 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30360 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30361
30362 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30363
30364 ;;;***
30365 \f
30366 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30367 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20229 34587))
30368 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30369
30370 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30371 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30372
30373 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30374
30375 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30376 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30377 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30378 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30379 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30380
30381 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30382
30383 ;;;***
30384 \f
30385 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30386 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30387 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30388 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30389
30390 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30391 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30392 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30395 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30396
30397 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30398
30399 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30400 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30402 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30403 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30404
30405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30406
30407 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30408 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30409 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30410 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30411
30412 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30413
30414 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30415 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30416 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30417 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30418 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30419 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30420 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30421 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30422 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30423 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30424
30425 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30426
30427 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30428 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30429 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30430 accessible.
30431
30432 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30433
30434 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30435
30436
30437 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30438
30439 ;;;***
30440 \f
30441 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30442 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20277 28925))
30443 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30444
30445 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30446 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30447 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30448 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30449 CBARGS as the arguments.
30450
30451 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30452
30453 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30454
30455
30456 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30457
30458 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30459
30460 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30461
30462
30463 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30464
30465 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30466 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30467 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30468
30469 Property list members:
30470
30471 methods
30472 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30473 supports.
30474
30475 dav
30476 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30477 supported.
30478
30479 dasl
30480 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30481
30482 ranges
30483 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30484
30485 p3p
30486 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30487 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30488 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30489 Emacs/W3.
30490
30491 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30492
30493 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30494 Default HTTPS port.")
30495
30496 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30497 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30498 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30499
30500 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30501 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30502 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30503 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30504 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30505
30506 ;;;***
30507 \f
30508 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20229 34587))
30509 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30510
30511 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30512
30513
30514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30515
30516 ;;;***
30517 \f
30518 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20229
30519 ;;;;;; 34587))
30520 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30521
30522 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30523 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30524 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30525 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30526 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30527
30528 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30529
30530 ;;;***
30531 \f
30532 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30533 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30534 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30535
30536 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30537
30538
30539 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30540
30541 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30542 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30543
30544 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30545
30546 ;;;***
30547 \f
30548 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30549 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20229 34587))
30550 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30551
30552 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30553 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30554
30555 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30556
30557 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30558 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30559
30560 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30561
30562 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30563
30564
30565 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30566
30567 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30568
30569 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30570
30571 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30572
30573 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30574 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30575
30576 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30577
30578 ;;;***
30579 \f
30580 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30581 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30583
30584 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30585
30586
30587 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30588
30589 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30590
30591
30592 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30593
30594 ;;;***
30595 \f
30596 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30597 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30598 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30599 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30600
30601 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30602
30603
30604 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30605
30606 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30607
30608
30609 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30610
30611 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30612
30613
30614 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30615
30616 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30617
30618
30619 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30620
30621 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30622
30623
30624 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30625
30626 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30627
30628
30629 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30630
30631 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30632
30633
30634 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30635
30636 ;;;***
30637 \f
30638 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30639 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20273 55604))
30640 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30641
30642 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30643 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30644
30645 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30646
30647 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30648 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30649 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30650 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30651
30652 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30653
30654 ;;;***
30655 \f
30656 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30657 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30658 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30659
30660 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30661 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30662
30663 \(fn)" t nil)
30664
30665 ;;;***
30666 \f
30667 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30668 ;;;;;; (20291 32066))
30669 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30670
30671 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30672 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30673 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30674 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30675 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30676 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30677
30678 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30679
30680 ;;;***
30681 \f
30682 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30683 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30684 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30685 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30686 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30687 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30688 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20229 34587))
30689 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30690
30691 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30692 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30693 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30694
30695 If t, all messages will be logged.
30696 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30697 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30698
30699 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30700
30701 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30702
30703
30704 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30705
30706 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30707
30708
30709 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30710
30711 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30712 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30713 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30714 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30715 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30716 & ==> &amp;
30717 < ==> &lt;
30718 > ==> &gt;
30719 \" ==> &quot;
30720
30721 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30722
30723 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30724 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30725 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30726
30727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30728
30729 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30730 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30731 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30732
30733 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30734
30735 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30736 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30737
30738 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30739
30740 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30741 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30742
30743 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30744
30745 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30746 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30747
30748 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30749
30750 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30751
30752
30753 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30754
30755 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30756
30757
30758 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30759
30760 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30761
30762
30763 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30764
30765 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30766
30767 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30768 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30769
30770 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30771
30772 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30773 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30774
30775 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30776
30777 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30778
30779
30780 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30781
30782 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30783 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30784 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30785 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30786 forbidden in URL encoding.
30787
30788 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30789
30790 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30791 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30792 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30793 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30794 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30795 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30796
30797 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30798
30799 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30800 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30801 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30802 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30803
30804 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30805
30806 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30807 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30808 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30809
30810 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30811
30812 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30813 View the current document's URL.
30814 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30815 the minibuffer.
30816
30817 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30818
30819 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30820
30821 ;;;***
30822 \f
30823 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30824 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20229 34587))
30825 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30826
30827 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30828 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30829 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30830 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30831 to refrain from editing the file
30832 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30833 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30834 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30835 in any way you like.
30836
30837 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30838
30839 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30840 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30841 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30842 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30843 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30844
30845 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30846 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30847
30848 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30849
30850 ;;;***
30851 \f
30852 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30853 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30854 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20229 34587))
30855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30856
30857 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30858
30859
30860 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30861
30862 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30863
30864
30865 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30866
30867 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30868
30869
30870 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30871
30872 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30873
30874
30875 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30876
30877 ;;;***
30878 \f
30879 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20229 34587))
30880 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30881
30882 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30883 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30884
30885 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30886
30887 ;;;***
30888 \f
30889 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30890 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30891 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
30892 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30893
30894 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30895 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30896 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30897 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30898
30899 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30900
30901 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30902 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30903 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30904
30905 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30906
30907 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30908 Uudecode region between START and END.
30909 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30910
30911 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30912
30913 ;;;***
30914 \f
30915 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30916 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30917 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30918 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30919 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30920 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30921 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20275
30922 ;;;;;; 43867))
30923 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30924
30925 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30926 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30927 See `run-hooks'.")
30928
30929 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30930
30931 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30932 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30933 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30934
30935 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30936
30937 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30938 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30939 See `run-hooks'.")
30940
30941 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30942
30943 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30944 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30945 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30946 same state. If not, signal an error.
30947
30948 For merging-based version control systems:
30949 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30950 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30951 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30952 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30953 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30954 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30955
30956 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30957 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30958 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30959 the file(s) for editing.
30960 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30961 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30962 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30963 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30964 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30965 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30966
30967 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30968
30969 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30970 Register into a version control system.
30971 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30972 Otherwise register the current file.
30973 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30974 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30975
30976 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30977 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30978 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30979 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30980 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30981 first backend that could register the file is used.
30982
30983 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30984
30985 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30986 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30987
30988 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30989
30990 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30991 Display diffs between file revisions.
30992 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30993 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30994 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30995
30996 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30997 saving the buffer.
30998
30999 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31000
31001 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
31002 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
31003 repository history using ediff.
31004
31005 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
31006
31007 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
31008 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
31009 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
31010 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
31011 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31012
31013 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31014 saving the buffer.
31015
31016 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31017
31018 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
31019 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
31020 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
31021 fileset with the working revision.
31022 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
31023 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
31024
31025 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
31026 saving the buffer.
31027
31028 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
31029
31030 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
31031 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
31032 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
31033 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
31034
31035 \(fn REV)" t nil)
31036
31037 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
31038 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
31039 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
31040 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
31041
31042 \(fn)" t nil)
31043
31044 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
31045 Perform a version control merge operation.
31046 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31047 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
31048 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
31049 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
31050
31051 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
31052 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
31053 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
31054 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
31055 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
31056 changes from the current branch.
31057
31058 \(fn)" t nil)
31059
31060 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
31061
31062 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
31063 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
31064 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
31065 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
31066 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
31067 checked out in that new branch.
31068
31069 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
31070
31071 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
31072 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
31073 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
31074 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
31075 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
31076 allowed and simply skipped).
31077
31078 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
31079
31080 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
31081 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
31082 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
31083 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31084 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31085
31086 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
31087 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
31088
31089 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
31090
31091 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
31092 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
31093 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
31094 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
31095 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
31096
31097 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
31098
31099 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
31100 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
31101 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
31102
31103 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31104
31105 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
31106 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
31107 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
31108
31109 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
31110
31111 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
31112 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
31113 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
31114 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
31115
31116 \(fn)" t nil)
31117
31118 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
31119 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
31120 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
31121 depending on the underlying version-control system.
31122
31123 \(fn)" t nil)
31124
31125 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
31126
31127 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
31128 Update the current fileset or branch.
31129 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
31130 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
31131 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
31132 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
31133
31134 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
31135 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
31136 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
31137 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
31138 tip revision are merged into the working file.
31139
31140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31141
31142 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
31143
31144 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
31145 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
31146 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
31147 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
31148 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
31149 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
31150 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
31151
31152 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
31153
31154 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
31155 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
31156 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
31157 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
31158 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
31159 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
31160 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
31161 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
31162 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
31163
31164 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
31165
31166 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
31167 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
31168
31169 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31170
31171 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
31172 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
31173
31174 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
31175
31176 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
31177 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
31178 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
31179 directory.
31180
31181 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
31182
31183 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
31184 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
31185 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
31186
31187 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
31188 log entries should be gathered.
31189
31190 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
31191
31192 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
31193 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
31194
31195 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
31196
31197 ;;;***
31198 \f
31199 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
31200 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
31202
31203 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
31204 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
31205
31206 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
31207 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
31208 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
31209 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
31210 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
31211 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31212
31213 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
31214 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
31215 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
31216 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
31217 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
31218 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
31219 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
31220 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
31221
31222 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
31223
31224 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31225
31226 Customization variables:
31227
31228 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31229 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31230 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31231 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31232
31233 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31234
31235 ;;;***
31236 \f
31237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20296 49978))
31238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31239 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31240 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31241 (progn
31242 (load "vc-arch")
31243 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31244
31245 ;;;***
31246 \f
31247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20300 47034))
31248 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31249
31250 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31251 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31252
31253 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31254 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31255 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31256 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31257 (progn
31258 (load "vc-bzr")
31259 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31260
31261 ;;;***
31262 \f
31263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20296 49978))
31264 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31265 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31266 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31267 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31268 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31269 (load "vc-cvs")
31270 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31271
31272 ;;;***
31273 \f
31274 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20229 34587))
31275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31276
31277 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31278 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31279 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31280 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31281 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31282
31283 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31284 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31285 The file lines appear later.
31286
31287 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31288 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31289
31290 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31291
31292 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31293
31294 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31295
31296 ;;;***
31297 \f
31298 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31299 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31300 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31301
31302 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31303 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31304 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31305 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31306 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31307 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31308 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31309 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31310 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31311 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31312 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31313 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31314 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31315 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31316 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31317
31318 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31319
31320 ;;;***
31321 \f
31322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20303 23227))
31323 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31324 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31325 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31326 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31327 (progn
31328 (load "vc-git")
31329 (vc-git-registered file))))
31330
31331 ;;;***
31332 \f
31333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20296 49978))
31334 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31335 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31336 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31337 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31338 (progn
31339 (load "vc-hg")
31340 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31341
31342 ;;;***
31343 \f
31344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20296 49978))
31345 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31346
31347 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31348 Name of the monotone directory.")
31349
31350 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31351 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31352 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31353 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31354 (progn
31355 (load "vc-mtn")
31356 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31357
31358 ;;;***
31359 \f
31360 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31361 ;;;;;; (20296 49978))
31362 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31363
31364 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31365 Where to look for RCS master files.
31366 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31367
31368 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31369
31370 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31371
31372 ;;;***
31373 \f
31374 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31375 ;;;;;; (20296 49978))
31376 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31377
31378 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31379 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31380 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31381
31382 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31383 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31384
31385 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31386 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31387 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31388 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31389
31390 ;;;***
31391 \f
31392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20296 49978))
31393 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31394 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31395 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31396 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31397 "_svn")
31398 (t ".svn"))))
31399 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31400 (load "vc-svn")
31401 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31402
31403 ;;;***
31404 \f
31405 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31406 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
31407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31408 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31409
31410 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31411 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31412
31413 Usage:
31414 ------
31415
31416 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31417 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31418 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31419 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31420
31421 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31422 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31423 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31424 completions.
31425
31426 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31427 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31428
31429 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31430 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31431
31432 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31433 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31434 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31435
31436 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31437
31438
31439 Maintenance:
31440 ------------
31441
31442 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31443 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31444
31445 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31446
31447 Official distribution is at
31448 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31449
31450
31451 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31452 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31453
31454 Key bindings:
31455 -------------
31456
31457 \\{vera-mode-map}
31458
31459 \(fn)" t nil)
31460
31461 ;;;***
31462 \f
31463 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31464 ;;;;;; (20279 40897))
31465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31466
31467 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31468 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31469 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31470 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31471 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31472
31473 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31474
31475 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31476 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31477
31478 Supports highlighting.
31479
31480 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31481 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31482
31483 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31484
31485 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31486 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31487 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31488 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31489 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31490 on the left side of your screen.
31491 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31492 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31493 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31494 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31495 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31496 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31497 function keyword.
31498 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31499 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31500 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31501 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31502 if (a)
31503 begin
31504 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31505 Indentation for case statements.
31506 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31507 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31508 mark after an end.
31509 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31510 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31511 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31512 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31513 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31514 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31515 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31516 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31517 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31518 if (a)
31519 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31520 otherwise you get:
31521 if (a)
31522 begin
31523 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31524 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31525 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31526 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31527 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31528 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31529 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31530 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31531 comments in tight quarters.
31532 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31533 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31534
31535 Variables controlling other actions:
31536
31537 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31538 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31539 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31540
31541 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31542
31543 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31544
31545 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31546 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31547 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31548
31549 Some other functions are:
31550
31551 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31552 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31553 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31554 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31555 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31556
31557 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31558 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31559 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31560 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31561
31562 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31563 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31564 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31565 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31566 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31567 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31568 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31569 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31570 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31571 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31572 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31573 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31574 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31575 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31576 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31577 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31578 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31579 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31580 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31581 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31582 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31583 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31584 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31585 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31586 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31587 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31588 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31589 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31590 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31591 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31592
31593 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31594 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31595
31596 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31597
31598 \(fn)" t nil)
31599
31600 ;;;***
31601 \f
31602 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31603 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
31604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31605
31606 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31607 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31608
31609 Usage:
31610 ------
31611
31612 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31613 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31614 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31615 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31616 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31617 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31618 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31619 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31620 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31621
31622 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31623 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31624 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31625 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31626
31627 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31628 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31629 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31630 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31631 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31632
31633 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31634 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31635
31636
31637 HEADER INSERTION:
31638 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31639 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31640 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31641
31642
31643 STUTTERING:
31644 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31645 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31646 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31647 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31648
31649 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31650 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31651 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31652 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31653 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31654
31655
31656 WORD COMPLETION:
31657 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31658 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31659 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31660 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31661
31662 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31663 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31664 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31665 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31666 beginning with \"std\").
31667
31668 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31669 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31670 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31671 stop.
31672
31673
31674 COMMENTS:
31675 `--' puts a single comment.
31676 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31677 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31678 with a comment in between.
31679 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31680 out following lines.
31681 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31682 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31683
31684 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31685 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31686 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31687 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31688 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31689 non-nil.
31690
31691 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31692 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31693 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31694 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31695 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31696 multi-line comments.
31697
31698
31699 INDENTATION:
31700 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31701 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31702 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31703 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31704
31705 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31706 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31707 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31708 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31709
31710 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31711 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31712 and vice versa.
31713
31714 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31715 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31716
31717
31718 ALIGNMENT:
31719 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31720 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31721 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31722 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31723 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31724 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31725 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31726 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31727
31728 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31729 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31730 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31731 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31732 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31733 is non-nil.
31734
31735 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31736 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31737 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31738
31739 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31740 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31741
31742
31743 CODE FILLING:
31744 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31745 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31746 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31747 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31748 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31749 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31750
31751
31752 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31753 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31754 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31755 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31756 command:
31757
31758 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31759
31760
31761 PORT TRANSLATION:
31762 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31763 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31764 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31765 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31766 internal signal initializations (menu).
31767
31768 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31769 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31770 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31771
31772 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31773 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31774 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31775 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31776 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31777 in subsequent paste operations.)
31778
31779 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31780 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31781 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31782
31783
31784 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31785 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31786 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31787 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31788 association list with formals).
31789
31790
31791 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31792 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31793 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31794 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31795 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31796 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31797 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31798 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31799 `vhdl-testbench'.
31800
31801
31802 KEY BINDINGS:
31803 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31804
31805
31806 VHDL MENU:
31807 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31808
31809
31810 FILE BROWSER:
31811 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31812 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31813 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31814
31815 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31816 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31817
31818
31819 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31820 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31821 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31822 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31823
31824 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31825 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31826 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31827
31828 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31829 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31830 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31831 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31832
31833 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31834 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31835 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31836 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31837 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31838
31839 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31840 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31841 required by secondary units.
31842
31843
31844 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31845 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31846 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31847 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31848 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31849 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31850 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31851 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31852 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31853 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31854 inputs to this component -> input port created
31855 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31856 outputs from this component -> output port created
31857 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31858 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31859
31860 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31861 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31862 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31863 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31864 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31865
31866 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31867 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31868
31869 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31870 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31871 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31872 component instantiation is also supported (option
31873 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31874
31875 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31876 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31877 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31878 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31879 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31880 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31881 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31882 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31883 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31884 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31885 | generating the configuration.
31886 |
31887 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31888 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31889 | configurations in speedbar.
31890
31891 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31892
31893
31894 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31895 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31896 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31897 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31898 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31899 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31900 information. New compilers can be added.
31901
31902 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31903 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31904
31905
31906 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31907 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31908 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31909 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31910 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31911
31912 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31913 command:
31914
31915 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31916 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31917 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31918
31919 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31920 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31921 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31922 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31923 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31924 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31925 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31926
31927 Limitations:
31928 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31929 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31930 not (yet) supported.
31931 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31932 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31933 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31934
31935
31936 PROJECTS:
31937 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31938 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31939 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31940 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31941 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31942 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31943 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31944 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31945
31946 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31947 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31948 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31949 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31950 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31951 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31952 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31953 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31954 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31955 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31956 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31957
31958
31959 SPECIAL MENUES:
31960 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31961 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31962 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31963 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31964 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31965 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31966 current directory for VHDL source files.
31967
31968
31969 VHDL STANDARDS:
31970 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31971 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31972
31973
31974 KEYWORD CASE:
31975 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31976 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31977 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31978 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31979 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31980 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31981 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31982 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31983
31984
31985 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31986 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31987 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31988 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31989 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31990 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31991 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31992
31993 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31994 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31995 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31996 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31997 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31998 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31999
32000 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
32001 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
32002 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
32003 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
32004 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
32005 visually.
32006
32007 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
32008 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
32009 highlighted if written in lower case.
32010
32011 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
32012 highlighted using a different background color if option
32013 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
32014
32015 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
32016 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
32017 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
32018 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
32019 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
32020
32021
32022 USER MODELS:
32023 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
32024 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
32025 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
32026
32027
32028 HIDE/SHOW:
32029 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
32030 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
32031 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
32032 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
32033 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
32034
32035
32036 CODE UPDATING:
32037 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
32038 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
32039 Limitations:
32040 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
32041 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
32042 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
32043 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
32044 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
32045 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
32046 (used to obtain the port names).
32047
32048
32049 CODE FIXING:
32050 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
32051 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
32052
32053
32054 PRINTING:
32055 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
32056 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
32057 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
32058 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
32059 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
32060 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
32061 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
32062 printers.
32063
32064
32065 OPTIONS:
32066 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
32067 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
32068 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
32069 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
32070 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
32071
32072 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
32073 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
32074 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
32075 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
32076 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
32077 INSTALL file).
32078
32079 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
32080 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
32081
32082
32083 FILE EXTENSIONS:
32084 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
32085 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
32086 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
32087
32088 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
32089
32090
32091 HINTS:
32092 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
32093 a VHDL file first, use the command:
32094
32095 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
32096
32097 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
32098
32099 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
32100
32101
32102 RELEASE NOTES:
32103 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
32104
32105
32106 Maintenance:
32107 ------------
32108
32109 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
32110 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
32111
32112 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
32113
32114 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
32115 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
32116 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
32117 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
32118
32119 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
32120 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
32121 where the latest version can be found.
32122
32123
32124 Known problems:
32125 ---------------
32126
32127 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
32128 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
32129 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
32130
32131
32132 The VHDL Mode Authors
32133 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
32134
32135 Key bindings:
32136 -------------
32137
32138 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
32139
32140 \(fn)" t nil)
32141
32142 ;;;***
32143 \f
32144 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20104 14925))
32145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
32146
32147 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
32148 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
32149 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
32150 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
32151
32152 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
32153 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
32154 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
32155 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
32156 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
32157
32158 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
32159 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
32160
32161 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
32162
32163 * Limitations and unsupported features
32164 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
32165 not supported.
32166 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
32167 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
32168
32169 * Modifications
32170 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
32171 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
32172 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
32173 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
32174 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
32175 for undoing a repeated change command.
32176 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
32177 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
32178 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
32179
32180 * Extensions
32181 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
32182 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
32183 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
32184 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
32185 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
32186 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
32187 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
32188 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
32189
32190 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
32191
32192 \(fn)" t nil)
32193
32194 ;;;***
32195 \f
32196 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
32197 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
32198 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
32199 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20229 34587))
32200 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
32201
32202 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
32203 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
32204
32205 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
32206
32207 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32208 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
32209 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32210 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32211
32212 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32213
32214 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32215 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32216
32217 \(fn)" t nil)
32218
32219 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32220 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32221 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32222 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32223
32224 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32225
32226 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32227 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32228
32229 \(fn)" t nil)
32230
32231 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32232
32233
32234 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32235
32236 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32237
32238
32239 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32240
32241 ;;;***
32242 \f
32243 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32244 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32245 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32246 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32247 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20265 7997))
32248 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32249
32250 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32251 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32252 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32253
32254 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32255
32256 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32257 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32258 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32259 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32260
32261 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32262
32263 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32264 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32265
32266 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32267
32268 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32269 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32270 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32271 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32272 moving around in the buffer.
32273 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32274 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32275
32276 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32277
32278 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32279
32280 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32281 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32282 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32283 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32284
32285 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32286 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32287 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32288 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32289 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32290
32291 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32292
32293 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32294
32295 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32296 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32297 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32298 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32299 buffer.
32300
32301 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32302 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32303 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32304 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32305 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32306
32307 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32308
32309 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32310
32311 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32312 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32313 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32314 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32315 moving around in the buffer.
32316 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32317 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32318
32319 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32320
32321 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32322 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32323 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32324
32325 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32326 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32327 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32328 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32329
32330 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32331
32332 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32333 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32334 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32335 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32336 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32337 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32338 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32339
32340 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32341
32342 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32343
32344 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32345 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32346 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32347
32348 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32349
32350 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32351 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32352 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32353 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32354 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32355 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32356 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32357
32358 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32359
32360 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32361
32362 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32363 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32364 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32365
32366 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32367
32368 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32369 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32370 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32371 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32372 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32373
32374 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32375 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32376 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32377 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32378
32379 \\<view-mode-map>
32380
32381 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32382 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32383 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32384 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32385 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32386 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32387 to a repeat count of one.
32388
32389 H, h, ? This message.
32390 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32391 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32392 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32393 > move to the end of buffer.
32394 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32395 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32396 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32397 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32398 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32399 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32400 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32401 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32402 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32403 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32404 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32405 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32406 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32407 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32408 Use this to view a changing file.
32409 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32410 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32411 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32412 . set the mark.
32413 x exchanges point and mark.
32414 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32415 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32416 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32417 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32418 ' go to position saved in character register.
32419 s do forward incremental search.
32420 r do reverse incremental search.
32421 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32422 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32423 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32424 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32425 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32426 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32427 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32428 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32429 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32430 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32431 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32432 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32433 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32434 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32435 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32436 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32437 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32438
32439 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32440 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32441 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32442 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32443 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32444 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32445 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32446 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32447 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32448
32449 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32450
32451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32452
32453 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32454 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32455 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32456 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32457 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32458 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32459 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32460 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32461 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32462
32463 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32464
32465 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32466 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32467 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32468 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32469 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32470 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32471
32472 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32473 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32474 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32475
32476 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32477
32478 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32479
32480 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32481
32482 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32483 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32484
32485 \(fn)" t nil)
32486
32487 ;;;***
32488 \f
32489 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20229
32490 ;;;;;; 34587))
32491 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32492
32493 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32494 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32495
32496 \(fn)" nil nil)
32497
32498 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32499 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32500
32501 \(fn)" t nil)
32502
32503 ;;;***
32504 \f
32505 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32506 ;;;;;; (20300 47034))
32507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32508
32509 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32510 Toggle Viper on/off.
32511 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32512
32513 \(fn)" t nil)
32514
32515 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32516 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32517
32518 \(fn)" t nil)
32519
32520 ;;;***
32521 \f
32522 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32523 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
32524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32525
32526 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32527 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32528 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32529 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32530 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32531 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32532 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32533 the beginning of the warning.")
32534
32535 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32536 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32537 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32538 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32539 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32540 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32541 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32542 also call that function before the next warning.")
32543
32544 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32545 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32546
32547 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32548 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32549 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32550 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32551
32552 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32553 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32554 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32555 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32556 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32557 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32558
32559 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32560 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32561 Default is :warning.
32562
32563 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32564 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32565 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32566 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32567 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32568 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32569
32570 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32571 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32572 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32573
32574 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32575
32576 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32577 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32578
32579 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32580
32581 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32582 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32583 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32584 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32585
32586 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32587 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32588 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32589 can be whatever you like.)
32590
32591 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32592 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32593
32594 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32595 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32596 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32597 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32598 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32599
32600 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32601
32602 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32603 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32604 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32605 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32606 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32607
32608 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32609
32610 ;;;***
32611 \f
32612 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32613 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
32614 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32615
32616 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32617 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32618 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32619 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32620 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32621 in disk.
32622
32623 See `wdired-mode'.
32624
32625 \(fn)" t nil)
32626
32627 ;;;***
32628 \f
32629 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20229 34587))
32630 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32631
32632 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32633 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32634
32635 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32636 hotlist.
32637
32638 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32639 <nwv@acm.org>.
32640
32641 \(fn)" t nil)
32642
32643 ;;;***
32644 \f
32645 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32646 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20232 10689))
32647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32648 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32649 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32650
32651 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32652
32653
32654 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32655
32656 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32657 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32658 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32661 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32662
32663 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32664
32665 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32666 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32668 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32670
32671 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32672 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32673 in certain major modes.
32674
32675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32676
32677 ;;;***
32678 \f
32679 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32680 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32681 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32682 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20229 34587))
32683 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32684
32685 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32686 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32688 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32689 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32690
32691 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32692 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32693
32694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32695
32696 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32697 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32699 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32700 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32701
32702 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32703 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32704 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32705 use `whitespace-mode'.
32706
32707 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32708
32709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32710
32711 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32712 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32713 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32716 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32717
32718 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32719
32720 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32721 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32723 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32724 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32725
32726 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32727 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32728
32729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32730
32731 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32732 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32733 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32736 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32737
32738 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32739
32740 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32741 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32742 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32743 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32744 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32745
32746 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32747 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32748 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32749 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32750
32751 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32752
32753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32754
32755 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32756 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32757
32758 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32759 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32760
32761 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32762 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32763
32764 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32765
32766 CHAR MEANING
32767 (VIA FACES)
32768 f toggle face visualization
32769 t toggle TAB visualization
32770 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32771 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32772 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32773 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32774 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32775 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32776 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32777 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32778 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32779 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32780 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32781 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32782 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32783 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32784 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32785
32786 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32787 T toggle TAB visualization
32788 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32789 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32790
32791 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32792 ? display brief help
32793
32794 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32795 The valid symbols are:
32796
32797 face toggle face visualization
32798 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32799 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32800 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32801 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32802 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32803 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32804 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32805 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32806 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32807 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32808 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32809 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32810 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32811 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32812 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32813 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32814
32815 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32816 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32817 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32818
32819 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32820
32821 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32822
32823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32824
32825 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32826 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32827
32828 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32829 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32830
32831 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32832 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32833
32834 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32835
32836 CHAR MEANING
32837 (VIA FACES)
32838 f toggle face visualization
32839 t toggle TAB visualization
32840 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32841 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32842 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32843 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32844 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32845 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32846 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32847 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32848 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32849 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32850 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32851 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32852 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32853 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32854 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32855
32856 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32857 T toggle TAB visualization
32858 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32859 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32860
32861 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32862 ? display brief help
32863
32864 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32865 The valid symbols are:
32866
32867 face toggle face visualization
32868 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32869 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32870 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32871 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32872 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32873 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32874 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32875 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32876 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32877 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32878 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32879 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32880 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32881 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32882 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32883 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32884
32885 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32886 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32887 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32888
32889 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32890
32891 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32892
32893 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32894
32895 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32896 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32897
32898 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32899 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32900 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32901 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32902 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32903
32904 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32905
32906 The problems cleaned up are:
32907
32908 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32909 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32910 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32911 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32912
32913 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32914 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32915 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32916 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32917 SPACEs.
32918 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32919 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32920 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32921 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32922
32923 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32924 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32925 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32926 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32927 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32928 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32929 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32930 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32931
32932 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32933 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32934 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32935
32936 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32937 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32938 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32939 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32941 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32943 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32944
32945 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32946 documentation.
32947
32948 \(fn)" t nil)
32949
32950 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32951 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32952
32953 The problems cleaned up are:
32954
32955 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32956 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32957 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32958 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32959 SPACEs.
32960 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32961 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32963 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32964
32965 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32967 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32968 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32969 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32970 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32971 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32972 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32973
32974 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32975 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32976 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32977
32978 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32979 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32980 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32981 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32982 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32983 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32985 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32986
32987 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32988 documentation.
32989
32990 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32991
32992 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32993 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32994
32995 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32996 non-nil.
32997
32998 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32999 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
33000 `whitespace-style' to have:
33001
33002 empty
33003 trailing
33004 indentation
33005 space-before-tab
33006 space-after-tab
33007
33008 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33009 whitespace problems in buffer.
33010
33011 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33012
33013 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33014 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33015 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33016 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33017 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33018 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33019 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33020
33021 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33022 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33023 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33024 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33025 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33026 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33027 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33028
33029 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33030 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33031 cleaning up these problems.
33032
33033 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33034
33035 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
33036 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
33037
33038 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
33039 non-nil.
33040
33041 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
33042 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
33043 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
33044
33045 empty
33046 indentation
33047 space-before-tab
33048 trailing
33049 space-after-tab
33050
33051 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
33052 whitespace problems in buffer.
33053
33054 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
33055
33056 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
33057 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33058 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33059 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33060 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
33061 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33062 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33063
33064 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
33065 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
33066 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
33067 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
33068 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
33069 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
33070 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
33071
33072 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
33073 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
33074 cleaning up these problems.
33075
33076 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
33077
33078 ;;;***
33079 \f
33080 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
33081 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20273 55693))
33082 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
33083
33084 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
33085 Browse the widget under point.
33086
33087 \(fn POS)" t nil)
33088
33089 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
33090 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
33091
33092 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
33093
33094 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
33095 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
33096
33097 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
33098
33099 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
33100 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
33101 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
33102 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
33103 if ARG is omitted or nil.
33104
33105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33106
33107 ;;;***
33108 \f
33109 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
33110 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20271
33111 ;;;;;; 46782))
33112 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
33113
33114 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
33115 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
33116
33117 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33118
33119 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
33120 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
33121 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
33122
33123 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
33124
33125 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
33126 Create widget of TYPE.
33127 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
33128
33129 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33130
33131 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
33132 Delete WIDGET.
33133
33134 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
33135
33136 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
33137 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
33138
33139 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
33140
33141 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
33142 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
33143 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
33144 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
33145
33146 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
33147 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
33148
33149 \(fn)" nil nil)
33150
33151 ;;;***
33152 \f
33153 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
33154 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20250
33155 ;;;;;; 40679))
33156 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
33157
33158 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
33159 Select the window to the left of the current one.
33160 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33161 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33162 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
33163 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33164 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33165
33166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33167
33168 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
33169 Select the window above the current one.
33170 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
33171 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
33172 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
33173 negative ARG) of the current window.
33174 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33175
33176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33177
33178 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
33179 Select the window to the right of the current one.
33180 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33181 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
33182 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
33183 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
33184 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33185
33186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33187
33188 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
33189 Select the window below the current one.
33190 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
33191 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
33192 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
33193 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
33194 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
33195
33196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33197
33198 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
33199 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33200 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33201 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33202
33203 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33204
33205 ;;;***
33206 \f
33207 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33208 ;;;;;; (20237 28610))
33209 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33210
33211 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33212 Toggle Winner mode.
33213 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33214 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33215
33216 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33217
33218 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33219 Toggle Winner mode.
33220 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33221
33222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33223
33224 ;;;***
33225 \f
33226 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33227 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20229 34587))
33228 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33229
33230 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33231 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33232 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33233 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33234 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33235
33236 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33237
33238 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33239 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33240 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33241 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33242 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33243 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33244 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33245 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33246
33247 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33248 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33249
33250 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33251
33252 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33253 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33254
33255 \(fn)" t nil)
33256
33257 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33258 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33259 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33260 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33261 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33262 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33263 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33264 `woman' command for further details.
33265
33266 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33267
33268 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33269 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33270
33271 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33272
33273 ;;;***
33274 \f
33275 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33276 ;;;;;; (20229 34587))
33277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33278
33279 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33280 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33281
33282 BUGS:
33283 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33284 are not implemented
33285 - Options for search and replace
33286 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33287 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33288
33289 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33290 Emacs-like.
33291
33292 The key bindings are:
33293
33294 C-a backward-word
33295 C-b fill-paragraph
33296 C-c scroll-up-line
33297 C-d forward-char
33298 C-e previous-line
33299 C-f forward-word
33300 C-g delete-char
33301 C-h backward-char
33302 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33303 C-j help-for-help
33304 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33305 C-l ws-repeat-search
33306 C-n open-line
33307 C-p quoted-insert
33308 C-r scroll-down-line
33309 C-s backward-char
33310 C-t kill-word
33311 C-u keyboard-quit
33312 C-v overwrite-mode
33313 C-w scroll-down
33314 C-x next-line
33315 C-y kill-complete-line
33316 C-z scroll-up
33317
33318 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33319 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33320 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33321 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33322 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33323 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33324 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33325 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33326 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33327 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33328 C-k b ws-begin-block
33329 C-k c ws-copy-block
33330 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33331 C-k f find-file
33332 C-k h ws-show-markers
33333 C-k i ws-indent-block
33334 C-k k ws-end-block
33335 C-k p ws-print-block
33336 C-k q kill-emacs
33337 C-k r insert-file
33338 C-k s save-some-buffers
33339 C-k t ws-mark-word
33340 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33341 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33342 C-k v ws-move-block
33343 C-k w ws-write-block
33344 C-k x kill-emacs
33345 C-k y ws-delete-block
33346
33347 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33348 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33349 C-o j justify-current-line
33350 C-o k kill-buffer
33351 C-o l list-buffers
33352 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33353 C-o r set-fill-column
33354 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33355 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33356 C-o wh split-window-right
33357 C-o wo other-window
33358 C-o wv split-window-below
33359
33360 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33361 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33362 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33363 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33364 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33365 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33366 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33367 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33368 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33369 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33370 C-q a ws-query-replace
33371 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33372 C-q c end-of-buffer
33373 C-q d end-of-line
33374 C-q f ws-search
33375 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33376 C-q l ws-undo
33377 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33378 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33379 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33380 C-q w ws-last-error
33381 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33382 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33383
33384 \(fn)" t nil)
33385
33386 ;;;***
33387 \f
33388 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20229 34587))
33389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33390
33391 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33392 Perform an interactive search.
33393 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33394 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33395 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33396 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33397
33398 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33399 Example:
33400
33401 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33402
33403 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33404
33405 ;;;***
33406 \f
33407 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33408 ;;;;;; (20258 34747))
33409 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33410
33411 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33412 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33413 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33414 Returns the top node with all its children.
33415 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33416 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33417
33418 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33419
33420 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33421 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33422 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33423 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33424 is not well-formed XML.
33425 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33426 and returned as the first element of the list.
33427 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33428
33429 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33430
33431 ;;;***
33432 \f
33433 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33434 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20229 34587))
33435 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33436
33437 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33438 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33439 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33440 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33441 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33442 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33443 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33444 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33445 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33446 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33447
33448 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33449
33450 ;;;***
33451 \f
33452 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20229
33453 ;;;;;; 34587))
33454 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33455
33456 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33457 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33458 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33461 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33462
33463 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33464
33465 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33466 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33468 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33469 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33470
33471 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33472 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33473 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33474 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33475 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33476 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33477
33478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33479
33480 ;;;***
33481 \f
33482 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33483 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20229 34587))
33484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33485
33486 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33487 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33488
33489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33490
33491 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33492 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33493
33494 \(fn)" nil nil)
33495
33496 ;;;***
33497 \f
33498 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33499 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20229 34587))
33500 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33501
33502 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33503 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33504
33505 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33506
33507 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33508 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33509
33510 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33511
33512 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33513 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33514 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33515
33516 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33517
33518 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33519 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33520
33521 \(fn)" t nil)
33522
33523 ;;;***
33524 \f
33525 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20229 34587))
33526 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33527
33528 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33529 Zone out, completely.
33530
33531 \(fn)" t nil)
33532
33533 ;;;***
33534 \f
33535 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33536 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33537 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33538 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33539 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33540 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33541 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33542 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33543 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33544 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33545 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33546 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33547 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33548 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33549 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33550 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33551 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33552 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33553 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33554 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33555 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33556 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33557 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33558 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33559 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33560 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33561 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33562 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33563 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33564 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33565 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33566 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33567 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33568 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el"
33569 ;;;;;; "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33570 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33571 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33572 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33573 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33574 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33575 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33576 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33577 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33578 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33579 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33580 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33581 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33582 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33583 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33584 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33586 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33587 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33588 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33589 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33590 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33595 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33596 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33597 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33598 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33602 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33603 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33604 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33605 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33606 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33607 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33608 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33609 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33610 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
33611 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
33612 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
33613 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
33614 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
33615 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
33616 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
33617 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
33618 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
33619 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
33620 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
33621 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
33622 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
33623 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
33624 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
33625 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
33626 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
33627 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
33628 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
33629 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
33630 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
33631 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
33632 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
33633 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33634 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33635 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33636 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33637 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33638 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33639 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33640 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33641 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33642 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33643 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33644 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33645 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33646 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33647 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33648 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33649 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33650 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33651 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33652 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33653 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33654 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33655 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33656 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33657 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33658 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33659 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33660 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33661 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33662 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33663 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33664 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33665 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33666 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33667 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33668 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33669 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33670 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33671 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33672 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33673 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33674 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33675 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33676 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33677 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33678 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33679 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33680 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33681 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33682 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33683 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33684 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33685 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33686 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33687 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33688 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33689 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33690 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33691 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33692 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33693 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33694 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33695 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33696 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33697 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33698 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33699 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33700 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33701 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33702 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33703 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33704 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33705 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33706 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33707 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33708 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33709 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33710 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33711 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33712 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33713 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33714 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33715 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
33716 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
33717 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
33718 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
33719 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
33720 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
33721 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
33722 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
33723 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
33724 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el"
33725 ;;;;;; "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
33726 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
33727 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
33728 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
33729 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
33730 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
33731 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
33732 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
33733 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33734 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33735 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33736 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33737 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33738 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20303 23285 822071))
33739
33740 ;;;***
33741 \f
33742 (provide 'loaddefs)
33743 ;; Local Variables:
33744 ;; version-control: never
33745 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33746 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33747 ;; coding: utf-8
33748 ;; End:
33749 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here